0% found this document useful (0 votes)

373 views

Function Block Abb

Uploaded by

Abhishek Rajput

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

373 views

Function Block Abb

Uploaded by

Abhishek Rajput

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 224

—

RELION® 615 SERIES

Feeder Protection and Control

REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
Document ID: 1MAC109016-MB
Issued: 2018-02-26
Revision: A
Product version: 5.0 FP1

© Copyright 2018 ABB. All rights reserved

Copyright
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written
permission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party, nor
used for any unauthorized purpose.

The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license and may
be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license.

Trademarks
ABB and Relion are registered trademarks of the ABB Group. All other brand or product
names mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective holders.

Warranty
Please inquire about the terms of warranty from your nearest ABB representative.

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage
www.abb.com/substationautomation
Disclaimer
The data, examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for the concept or
product description and are not to be deemed as a statement of guaranteed properties. All
persons responsible for applying the equipment addressed in this manual must satisfy
themselves that each intended application is suitable and acceptable, including that any
applicable safety or other operational requirements are complied with. In particular, any
risks in applications where a system failure and/or product failure would create a risk for
harm to property or persons (including but not limited to personal injuries or death) shall
be the sole responsibility of the person or entity applying the equipment, and those so
responsible are hereby requested to ensure that all measures are taken to exclude or
mitigate such risks.

This product has been designed to be connected and communicate data and information
via a network interface which should be connected to a secure network. It is the sole
responsibility of the person or entity responsible for network administration to ensure a
secure connection to the network and to take the necessary measures (such as, but not
limited to, installation of firewalls, application of authentication measures, encryption of
data, installation of anti virus programs, etc.) to protect the product and the network, its
system and interface included, against any kind of security breaches, unauthorized access,
interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information. ABB is not liable for
any such damages and/or losses.

This document has been carefully checked by ABB but deviations cannot be completely
ruled out. In case any errors are detected, the reader is kindly requested to notify the
manufacturer. Other than under explicit contractual commitments, in no event shall ABB
be responsible or liable for any loss or damage resulting from the use of this manual or the
application of the equipment.
Conformity
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European Communities on
the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC Directive 2004/108/EC) and concerning electrical equipment for use
within specified voltage limits (Low-voltage directive 2006/95/EC). This conformity is
the result of tests conducted by ABB in accordance with the product standards EN 50263
and EN 60255-26 for the EMC directive, and with the product standards EN 60255-1 and
EN 60255-27 for the low voltage directive. The product is designed in accordance with the
international standards of the IEC 60255 series and ANSI C37.90. This product complies
with the UL 508 certification.
Table of contents

Table of contents

Section 1 Introduction............................................................................5
This manual.............................................................................................. 5
Intended audience.................................................................................... 5
Product documentation.............................................................................6
Product documentation set..................................................................6
Document revision history................................................................... 6
Related documentation........................................................................7
Symbols and conventions.........................................................................7
Symbols...............................................................................................7
Document conventions........................................................................ 8
Functions, codes and symbols............................................................ 8

Section 2 REF615 overview................................................................ 15

Overview.................................................................................................15
Product version history...................................................................... 16
PCM600 and relay connectivity package version.............................. 17
Operation functionality............................................................................ 17
Optional features............................................................................... 17
Physical hardware.................................................................................. 18
Local HMI................................................................................................21
Display...............................................................................................22
LEDs..................................................................................................23
Keypad.............................................................................................. 23
Web HMI.................................................................................................24
Authorization...........................................................................................25
Communication.......................................................................................26
Self-healing Ethernet ring.................................................................. 27
Ethernet redundancy......................................................................... 28

Section 3 REF615 standard configurations.........................................31

Standard configurations .........................................................................31
Addition of control functions for primary devices and the use of
binary inputs and outputs.................................................................. 35
Connection diagrams..............................................................................37
Standard configuration D........................................................................ 42
Applications....................................................................................... 42

REF615 ANSI 1
Application Manual
Table of contents

Functions........................................................................................... 42
Default I/O connections................................................................ 43
Default disturbance recorder settings...........................................44
Functional diagrams.......................................................................... 47
Functional diagrams for protection............................................... 47
Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder.............................. 56
Functional diagrams for condition monitoring...............................57
Functional diagrams for control and interlocking.......................... 59
Functional diagrams for measurement functions..........................61
Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs............................... 62
Functional diagrams for other functions....................................... 65
Functional diagrams for other timer logics....................................65
Functional diagrams for communication.......................................66
Standard configuration F........................................................................ 67
Applications....................................................................................... 67
Functions........................................................................................... 67
Default I/O connections................................................................ 68
Default disturbance recorder settings...........................................70
Functional diagrams.......................................................................... 72
Functional diagrams for protection............................................... 73
Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder.............................. 87
Functional diagrams for condition monitoring...............................88
Functional diagrams for control and interlocking.......................... 90
Functional diagrams for measurement functions..........................92
Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs............................... 94
Functional diagrams for other functions....................................... 97
Functional diagrams for other timer logics....................................97
Functional diagrams for communication.......................................99
Standard configuration L.........................................................................99
Applications....................................................................................... 99
Functions......................................................................................... 100
Default I/O connections.............................................................. 100
Default disturbance recorder settings.........................................102
Functional diagrams........................................................................ 104
Functional diagrams for protection............................................. 105
Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder............................ 121
Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.............................122
Functional diagrams for control and interlocking........................ 124
Functional diagrams for measurement functions........................127
Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs............................. 129

2 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
Table of contents

Functional diagrams for other functions..................................... 131

Functional diagrams for other timer logics..................................131
Functional diagrams for communication.....................................132
Standard configuration N...................................................................... 133
Applications..................................................................................... 133
Functions......................................................................................... 133
Default I/O connections.............................................................. 134
Default disturbance recorder settings.........................................136
Functional diagrams........................................................................ 138
Functional diagrams for protection............................................. 139
Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder............................ 153
Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.............................153
Functional diagrams for control and interlocking........................ 156
Functional diagrams for measurement functions........................158
Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs............................. 160
Functional diagrams for other functions..................................... 163
Functional diagrams for other timer logics..................................163
Functional diagrams for communication.....................................164
Standard configuration P...................................................................... 165
Applications..................................................................................... 165
Functions......................................................................................... 165
Default I/O connections.............................................................. 166
Default disturbance recorder settings.........................................168
Functional diagrams........................................................................ 170
Functional diagrams for protection............................................. 171
Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder............................ 182
Functional diagrams for condition monitoring.............................183
Functional diagrams for control and interlocking........................ 186
Functional diagrams for measurement functions........................188
Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs............................. 190
Functional diagrams for other timer logics..................................195
Functional diagrams for communication.....................................196

Section 4 Requirements for measurement transformers...................197

Current transformers.............................................................................197
Current transformer requirements for overcurrent protection.......... 197
Current transformer accuracy class and accuracy limit factor....197
Non-directional overcurrent protection....................................... 198
Example for non-directional overcurrent protection....................199

Section 5 Protection relay's physical connections.............................201

REF615 ANSI 3
Application Manual
Table of contents

Inputs.................................................................................................... 201
Energizing inputs............................................................................. 201
Phase currents........................................................................... 201
Ground current........................................................................... 201
Phase voltages........................................................................... 201
Ground voltage........................................................................... 202
Sensor inputs..............................................................................202
Auxiliary supply voltage input.......................................................... 202
Binary inputs....................................................................................203
Optional light sensor inputs............................................................. 205
RTD/mA inputs................................................................................ 206
Outputs................................................................................................. 207
Outputs for tripping and controlling..................................................207
Outputs for signalling.......................................................................208
IRF...................................................................................................209

Section 6 Glossary............................................................................ 211

4 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 1
Introduction

Section 1 Introduction

1.1 This manual

The application manual contains application descriptions and setting guidelines sorted per
function. The manual can be used to find out when and for what purpose a typical
protection function can be used. The manual can also be used when calculating settings.

1.2 Intended audience

This manual addresses the protection and control engineer responsible for planning, pre-
engineering and engineering.

The protection and control engineer must be experienced in electrical power engineering
and have knowledge of related technology, such as protection schemes and principles.

REF615 ANSI 5
Application Manual
Section 1 1MAC109016-MB A
Introduction

1.3 Product documentation

1.3.1 Product documentation set

deinstallation & disposal

Decommissioning,
Commissioning

Maintenance
Engineering
Planning &

Installation

Operation
Quick start guide purchase
Quick installation guide
Brochure
Product guide
Operation manual
Installation manual
Connection diagram
Engineering manual
Technical manual
Application manual
Communication protocol manual
IEC 61850 engineering guide
Point list manual
Cyber security deployment guideline
GUID-12DC16B2-2DC1-48DF-8734-0C8B7116124C V2 EN

Figure 1: The intended use of documents during the product life cycle

Product series- and product-specific manuals can be downloaded from the

ABB Web site http://www.abb.com/relion.

1.3.2 Document revision history

Document revision/date Product version History
A/2018-02-26 5.0 FP1 First release

Download the latest documents from the ABB Web site

http://www.abb.com/substationautomation.

6 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 1
Introduction

1.3.3 Related documentation

Name of the document Document ID
Modbus Communication Protocol Manual 1MAC057386-MB
DNP3 Communication Protocol Manual 1MAC052479-MB
IEC 61850 Engineering Guide 1MAC053584-RG
Engineering Manual 1MAC108982-MB
Installation Manual 1MAC051065-MB
Operation Manual 1MAC054853-MB
Technical Manual 1MAC059074-MB
Cyber Security Deployment Guideline 1MAC052704-HT

1.4 Symbols and conventions

1.4.1 Symbols

The electrical warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard which could
result in electrical shock.

The warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard which could result in
personal injury.

The caution icon indicates important information or warning related to the

concept discussed in the text. It might indicate the presence of a hazard
which could result in corruption of software or damage to equipment or
property.

The information icon alerts the reader of important facts and conditions.

The tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design your project
or how to use a certain function.

REF615 ANSI 7
Application Manual
Section 1 1MAC109016-MB A
Introduction

Although warning hazards are related to personal injury, it is necessary to understand that
under certain operational conditions, operation of damaged equipment may result in
degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore, comply
fully with all warning and caution notices.

1.4.2 Document conventions

A particular convention may not be used in this manual.

• Abbreviations and acronyms are spelled out in the glossary. The glossary also
contains definitions of important terms.
• Push button navigation in the LHMI menu structure is presented by using the push
button icons.
To navigate between the options, use and .
• Menu paths are presented in bold.
Select Main menu/Settings.
• LHMI messages are shown in Courier font.
To save the changes in nonvolatile memory, select Yes and press .
• Parameter names are shown in italics.
The function can be enabled and disabled with the Operation setting.
• Parameter values are indicated with quotation marks.
The corresponding parameter values are "Enabled" and "Disabled".
• Input/output messages and monitored data names are shown in Courier font.
When the function picks up, the PICKUP output is set to TRUE.
• Dimensions are provided both in inches and mm. If it is not specifically mentioned,
the dimension is in mm.
• This document assumes that the parameter setting visibility is "Advanced".

1.4.3 Functions, codes and symbols

Table 1: Functions included in the relay
Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008
Protection
Three-phase non-directional overcurrent PHLPTOC1 3I> (1) 51P-1
protection, low stage
PHLPTOC2 3I> (2) 51P-2
Three-phase non-directional overcurrent PHHPTOC1 3I>> (1) 50P-1
protection, high stage
PHHPTOC2 3I>> (2) 50P-2
Three-phase non-directional overcurrent PHIPTOC1 3I>>> (1) 50P-3
protection, instantaneous stage
Three-phase directional overcurrent DPHLPDOC1 3I> -> (1) 67/51P-1
protection, low stage
DPHLPDOC2 3I> -> (2) 67/51P-2
Table continues on next page

8 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 1
Introduction

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008

Three-phase directional overcurrent DPHHPDOC1 3I>> -> (1) 67/50P-1
protection, high stage
DPHHPDOC2 3I>> -> (2) 67/50P-2
Non-directional ground-fault protection, low EFLPTOC1 Io> (1) 51G
stage
EFLPTOC2 Io> (2) 51N-1
Non-directional ground-fault protection, high EFHPTOC1 Io>> (1) 50G-1
stage
EFHPTOC2 Io>> (2) 50G-2
EFHPTOC3 Io>> (3) 50N-1
EFHPTOC4 Io>> (4) 50N-2
Non-directional ground-fault protection, EFIPTOC1 Io>>> (1) 50G-3
instantaneous stage
EFIPTOC2 Io>>> (2) 50N-3
Directional ground-fault protection, low DEFLPDEF1 Io> -> (1) 67/51N-1
stage
DEFLPDEF2 Io> -> (2) 67/51N-2
Directional ground-fault protection, high DEFHPDEF1 Io>> -> (1) 67/50N-1
stage
DEFHPDEF2 Io>> -> (2) 67/50N-2
Admittance-based ground-fault protection EFPADM1 Yo> -> (1) 21YN-1
EFPADM2 Yo> -> (2) 21YN-2
EFPADM3 Yo> -> (3) 21YN-3
Wattmetric-based ground-fault protection WPWDE1 Po> -> (1) 32N-1
WPWDE2 Po> -> (2) 32N-2
WPWDE3 Po> -> (3) 32N-3
Transient/intermittent ground-fault INTRPTEF1 Io> -> IEF (1) 67NIEF
protection
Harmonics-based ground-fault protection HAEFPTOC1 Io>HA (1) 51NHA
Negative-sequence overcurrent protection NSPTOC1 I2> (1) 46-1
NSPTOC2 I2> (2) 46-2
Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1 I2/I1> (1) 46PD
Residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV1 Uo> (1) 59G
ROVPTOV2 Uo> (2) 59N-1
ROVPTOV3 Uo> (3) 59N-2
Three-phase undervoltage protection PHPTUV1 3U< (1) 27-1
PHPTUV2 3U< (2) 27-2
PHPTUV3 3U< (3) 27-3
Three-phase overvoltage protection PHPTOV1 3U> (1) 59-1
PHPTOV2 3U> (2) 59-2
PHPTOV3 3U> (3) 59-3
Positive-sequence undervoltage protection PSPTUV1 U1< (1) 47U-1
PSPTUV2 U1< (2) 47U-2
Table continues on next page

REF615 ANSI 9
Application Manual
Section 1 1MAC109016-MB A
Introduction

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008

Negative-sequence overvoltage protection NSPTOV1 U2> (1) 47-1
NSPTOV2 U2> (2) 47-2
Three-phase remnant undervoltage MSVPR1 3U< (1) 27R-1
protection
MSVPR2 3U< (2) 27R-2
Frequency protection FRPFRQ1 f>/f<,df/dt (1) 81-1
FRPFRQ2 f>/f<,df/dt (2) 81-2
FRPFRQ3 f>/f<,df/dt (3) 81-3
FRPFRQ4 f>/f<,df/dt (4) 81-4
FRPFRQ5 f>/f<,df/dt (5) 81-5
FRPFRQ6 f>/f<,df/dt (6) 81-6
Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, T1PTTR1 3Ith>F (1) 49F-1
cables and distribution transformers
High-impedance differential protection for HIAPDIF1 dHi_A>(1) 87A
phase A
High-impedance differential protection for HIBPDIF1 dHi_B>(1) 87B
phase B
High-impedance differential protection for HICPDIF1 dHi_C>(1) 87C
phase C
Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1 3I>/Io>BF (1) 50BF-1
CCBRBRF2 3I>/Io>BF (2) 50BF-2
Three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1 3I2f> (1) INR-1
Switch onto fault CBPSOF1 SOTF (1) SOTF-1
Master trip TRPPTRC1 Master Trip (1) 86/94-1
TRPPTRC2 Master Trip (2) 86/94-2
TRPPTRC3 Master Trip (3) 86/94-3
TRPPTRC4 Master Trip (4) 86/94-4
TRPPTRC5 Master Trip (5) 86/94-5
Arc protection ARCSARC1 ARC (1) AFD-1
ARCSARC2 ARC (2) AFD-2
ARCSARC3 ARC (3) AFD-3
Table continues on next page

10 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 1
Introduction

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008

Multipurpose protection MAPGAPC1 MAP (1) MAP-1
MAPGAPC2 MAP (2) MAP-2
MAPGAPC3 MAP (3) MAP-3
MAPGAPC4 MAP (4) MAP-4
MAPGAPC5 MAP (5) MAP-5
MAPGAPC6 MAP (6) MAP-6
MAPGAPC7 MAP (7) MAP-7
MAPGAPC8 MAP (8) MAP-8
MAPGAPC9 MAP (9) MAP-9
MAPGAPC10 MAP (10) MAP-10
MAPGAPC11 MAP (11) MAP-11
MAPGAPC12 MAP (12) MAP-12
MAPGAPC13 MAP (13) MAP-13
MAPGAPC14 MAP (14) MAP-14
MAPGAPC15 MAP (15) MAP-15
MAPGAPC16 MAP (16) MAP-16
MAPGAPC17 MAP (17) MAP-17
MAPGAPC18 MAP (18) MAP-18
Fault locator SCEFRFLO1 FLOC (1) 21FL-1
Loss of phase PHPTUC1 3I< (1) 37-1
High-impedance fault detection PHIZ1 HIF (1) HIZ-1
Underpower protection DUPPDPR1 P< (1) 32U-1
DUPPDPR2 P< (2) 32U-2
Reverse power/directional overpower DOPPDPR1 P>/Q> (1) 32R/32O-1
protection
DOPPDPR2 P>/Q> (2) 32R/32O-2
Multifrequency admittance-based ground- MFADPSDE1 Io> ->Y (1) 67YN-1
fault protection
Interconnection functions
Directional reactive power undervoltage DQPTUV1 Q> ->,3U< (1) 32Q-27
protection
Low-voltage ride-through protection LVRTPTUV1 U<RT (1) 27RT-1
LVRTPTUV2 U<RT (2) 27RT-2
LVRTPTUV3 U<RT (3) 27RT-3
Voltage vector shift protection VVSPPAM1 VS (1) 78V-1
Power quality
Current total demand distortion CMHAI1 PQM3I (1) PQI-1
Table continues on next page

REF615 ANSI 11
Application Manual
Section 1 1MAC109016-MB A
Introduction

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008

Voltage total harmonic distortion VMHAI1 PQM3U (1) PQVPH-1
VMHAI2 PQM3U(B) PQVPH-2
Voltage variation PHQVVR1 PQMU (1) PQSS-1
PHQVVR2 PQ 3U<>(B) PQSS-2
Voltage unbalance VSQVUB1 PQUUB (1) PQVUB-1
Control
Circuit-breaker control CBXCBR1 I <-> O CB (1) 52-1
CBXCBR2 I <-> O CB (2) 52-2
Disconnector control DCXSWI1 I <-> O DCC (1) 29DS-1
DCXSWI2 I <-> O DCC (2) 29DS-2
Grounding switch control ESXSWI1 I <-> O ESC (1) 29GS-1
Disconnector position indication DCSXSWI1 I <-> O DC (1) 52-TOC
DCSXSWI2 I <-> O DC (2) 29DS-1
DCSXSWI3 I <-> O DC (3) 29DS-2
Grounding switch indication ESSXSWI1 I <-> O ES (1) 29GS-1
ESSXSWI2 I <-> O ES (2) 29GS-2
Autoreclosing DARREC1 O -> I (1) 79
Synchronism and energizing check SECRSYN1 SYNC (1) 25
Condition monitoring
Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR1 CBCM (1) 52CM-1
SSCBR2 CBCM (2) 52CM-2
Trip circuit supervision TCSSCBR1 TCS (1) TCM-1
TCSSCBR2 TCS (2) TCM-2
Current circuit supervision CCSPVC1 MCS 3I (1) CCM
Current transformer supervision for high- HZCCASPVC1 MCS I_A(1) MCS-A
impedance protection scheme for phase A
Current transformer supervision for high- HZCCBSPVC1 MCS I_B(1) MCS-B
impedance protection scheme for phase B
Current transformer supervision for high- HZCCCSPVC1 MCS I_C(1) MCS-C
impedance protection scheme for phase C
Fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1 FUSEF (1) 60-1
SEQSPVC2 FUSEF (2) 60-2
Runtime counter for machines and devices MDSOPT1 OPTS (1) OPTM-1
Measurement
Load profile record LDPRLRC1 LOADPROF (1) LoadProf
Three-phase current measurement CMMXU1 3I (1) IA, IB, IC
Sequence current measurement CSMSQI1 I1, I2, I0 (1) I1, I2, I0
Table continues on next page

12 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 1
Introduction

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008

Residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 Io (1) IG
Three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU1 3U (1) VA, VB, VC
VMMXU2 3U (2) VA, VB, VC (2)
Residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 Uo (1) VG
Sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 U1, U2, U0 (1) V1, V2, V0
VSMSQI2 U1, U2, U0(B) V1, V2, V0 (2)
Single-phase power and energy SPEMMXU1 SP, SE SP, SE-1
measurement
Three-phase power and energy PEMMXU1 P, E (1) P, E-1
measurement
RTD/mA measurement XRGGIO130 X130 (RTD) (1) X130 (RTD) (1)
Frequency measurement FMMXU1 f (1) f
IEC 61850-9-2 LE sampled value sending SMVSENDER SMVSENDER SMVSENDER
IEC 61850-9-2 LE sampled value receiving SMVRECEIVER SMVRECEIVER SMVRECEIVER
(voltage sharing)
Other
Minimum pulse timer TPGAPC1 TP (1) 62TP-1
TPGAPC2 TP (2) 62TP-2
TPGAPC3 TP (3) 62TP-3
TPGAPC4 TP (4) 62TP-4
Minimum pulse timer (second resolution) TPSGAPC1 TPS (1) 62TPS-1
Minimum pulse timer (minute resolution) TPMGAPC1 TPM (1) 62TPM-1
Pulse timer PTGAPC1 PT (1) 62PT-1
PTGAPC2 PT (2) 62PT-2
Time delay off TOFGAPC1 TOF (1) 62TOF-1
TOFGAPC2 TOF (2) 62TOF-2
TOFGAPC3 TOF (3) 62TOF-3
TOFGAPC4 TOF (4) 62TOF-4
Time delay on TONGAPC1 TON (1) 62TON-1
TONGAPC2 TON (2) 62TON-2
TONGAPC3 TON (3) 62TON-3
TONGAPC4 TON (4) 62TON-4
Set-reset SRGAPC1 SR (1) SR-1
SRGAPC2 SR (2) SR-2
SRGAPC3 SR (3) SR-3
SRGAPC4 SR (4) SR-4
Table continues on next page

REF615 ANSI 13
Application Manual
Section 1 1MAC109016-MB A
Introduction

Function IEC 61850 IEC 60617 ANSI/C37.2-2008

Move MVGAPC1 MV (1) MV-1
MVGAPC2 MV (2) MV-2
Generic control point SPCGAPC1 SPC (1) SPC-1
SPCGAPC2 SPC (2) SPC-2
Analog value scaling SCA4GAPC1 SCA4 (1) SCA4-1
SCA4GAPC2 SCA4 (2) SCA4-2
SCA4GAPC3 SCA4 (3) SCA4-3
SCA4GAPC4 SCA4 (4) SCA4-4
Integer value move MVI4GAPC1 MVI4 (1) MVI4-1
Generic up-down counters UDFCNT1 UDCNT (1) CTR-1
UDFCNT2 UDCNT (2) CTR-2
UDFCNT3 UDCNT (3) CTR-3
UDFCNT4 UDCNT (4) CTR-4

14 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

Section 2 REF615 overview

2.1 Overview

REF615 is a dedicated feeder protection and control relay designed for the protection,
control, measurement and supervision of utility substations and industrial power systems
including radial, looped and meshed distribution networks with or without distributed
power generation. REF615 is a member of ABB’s Relion® product family and part of its
615 protection and control product series. The 615 series relays are characterized by their
compactness and withdrawable-unit design.

Re-engineered from the ground up, the 615 series has been designed to unleash the full
potential of the IEC 61850 standard for communication and interoperability between
substation automation devices.

The relay provides main protection for overhead lines and cable feeders in distribution
networks. The relay is also used as back-up protection in applications, where an
independent and redundant protection system is required.

Depending on the chosen standard configuration, the relay is adapted for the protection of
overhead line and cable feeders in isolated neutral, resistance grounded, compensated and
solidly grounded networks. Once the standard configuration relay has been given the
application-specific settings, it can directly be put into service.

The 615 series relays support a range of communication protocols including IEC 61850
with Edition 2 support, process bus according to IEC 61850-9-2 LE, Modbus® and
DNP3.

REF615 ANSI 15
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

2.1.1 Product version history

Product version Product history
1.0.1 Product released
1.1 • Circuit breaker condition monitoring
• Replaced EFIPTOC3 with EFLPTOC3
• New communication modules COMB11A, COMB12A, COMB13A and
COMB14A
• IRIG-B
• CB interlocking functionality enhanced
• TCS functionality in HW enhanced
• Non-volatile memory added
• Serial communications

2.0 • Support for DNP3 serial or TCP/IP

• Voltage measurement and protection
• Power and energy measurement
• Disturbance recorder upload via WHMI
• Fuse failure supervision

4.0 • User programming through Application Configuration

• Frequency measurement protection
• Load shedding and restoration
• Single phase power and energy measurement
• Load profile recorder

4.2 • New configurations to tailor for high-impedance current differential and dual
breaker autotransfer application
• High impedance current differential function
• Generic up-down counters
• Remnant voltage protection function
• Support for HSR/PRP protocol support for a limited configurations

5.0 FP1 • New layout in Application Configuration for all configurations

• Support for IEC 61850-9-2 LE
• IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization
• Fault locator
• High-speed binary outputs
• Optional RTD inputs
• Profibus adapter support
• Support for multiple SLD pages
• Import/export of settings via WHMI
• Setting usability improvements
• HMI event filtering tool
• IEC 61850 Edition 2
• Currents sending support with IEC 61850-9-2 LE
• Support for synchronism and energizing check with IEC 61850-9-2 LE
• Software closable Ethernet ports
• Report summary via WHMI
• Multifrequency admittance-based ground-fault protection
• High-impedance differential protection
• Voltage unbalance power quality option
• Interconnection protection option
• Reverse power/directional overpower
• Switch onto fault
• Additional timer, set-reset and analog value scaling functions

16 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

2.1.2 PCM600 and relay connectivity package version

• Protection and Control IED Manager PCM600 2.8 or later
• REF615 Connectivity Package Ver.5.1 or later
• Parameter Setting
• Signal Monitoring
• Event Viewer
• Disturbance Handling
• Application Configuration
• Signal Matrix
• Graphical Display Editor
• Communication Management
• IED User Management
• IED Compare
• Firmware Update
• Fault Record tool
• Load Record Profile
• Lifecycle Traceability
• Configuration Wizard
• AR Sequence Visualizer
• Label Printing
• IEC 61850 Configuration
• IED Configuration Migration

Download connectivity packages from the ABB Web site

http://www.abb.com/substationautomation or directly with Update
Manager in PCM600.

2.2 Operation functionality

2.2.1 Optional features

• Arc protection
• Autoreclosing
• Modbus TCP/IP or RTU/ASCII
• DNP3 TCP/IP or serial
• Admittance-based ground-fault protectiont (configurations F, L and N only)
• Wattmetric-based ground-fault protection (configurations F, L and N only)
• Harmonics-based ground-fault protection (configurations F, L and N only)
• Interconnection protection (configurations L and N only)

REF615 ANSI 17
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

• Power quality functions (configurations L and N only)

• Fault locator (configurations L and N only)
• RTD/mA measurement (configurations F and N only)
• IEC 61850-9-2 LE (configurations F, L and N only)
• IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization

2.3 Physical hardware

The protection relay consists of two main parts: plug-in unit and case. The content
depends on the ordered functionality.
Table 2: Plug-in unit and case
Main unit Slot ID Content Details
Plug-in unit - HMI Large (10 lines, 20 characters) with SLD
X100 Auxiliary power/BO 48...250 V DC/100...240 V AC or 24...60 V DC
module 2 normally-open PO contacts
1 change-over SO contact
1 normally-open SO contact
2 double-pole PO contacts with TCS
1 dedicated internal fault output contact
X110 Optional BIO module Only with configurations D, F, L, N and P:
8 binary inputs
4 SO contacts
Only with configurations D, F, L, N and P:
8 binary inputs
3 high-speed SO contacts
X120 AI/BI module Only with configurations D, F, N and P:
3 phase current inputs (1/5 A)
1 residual current input (1/5 A)
3 binary inputs
Only with configurations D, F and N:
3 phase current inputs (1/5 A)
1 residual current input (0.2/1 A)1)
3 binary inputs
Table continues on next page

18 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

Main unit Slot ID Content Details

Case X130 Optional RTD/mA Optional for configuration D:
module 2 generic mA inputs
6 RTD sensor inputs
Optional AI/BI Only with configurations F and N:
module 3 phase voltage inputs (60...210 V)
1 residual voltage input (60...210 V)
4 binary inputs
Additionally with configuration N:
1 reference voltage input for SECRSYN1 (60...210 V)
Optional AI/RTD/mA Only with configurations F and N:
module 3 phase voltage inputs (60...210 V)
1 residual voltage input (60...210 V)
1 generic mA input
2 RTD sensor inputs
Additionally with configuration N:
1 reference voltage input for SECRSYN1 (60...210 V)
Optional BIO module Optional for configuration D:
6 binary inputs
3 SO contacts
AI/BI module Only with configuration P:
6 phase voltage inputs (60...210 V)
3 binary inputs
Sensor input module Only with configuration L:
3 combi sensor inputs (three-phase current and voltage)
1 residual current input (0.2/1 A)1)
X000 Optional See the technical manual for details about different types of
communication communication modules.
module

1) The 0.2/1 A input is normally used in applications requiring sensitive earth-fault protection and featuring
core-balance current transformers.

The rated input levels are selected in the software of the protection relay for phase current
and ground current. The binary input thresholds 18...176 V DC are selected by adjusting
the protection relay's parameter settings.

The optional BIO module can be added in the protection relay to all
standard configurations.

The connection diagrams of different hardware modules are presented in this manual.

See the installation manual for more information about the case and the
plug-in unit.

REF615 ANSI 19
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

Table 3: Input/output overview

Std. conf. Order code digit Analog channels Binary channels
5-6 7-8 CT VT Combi BI BO RTD mA
sensor
D AC/AD AF 4 - - 18 4 PO - -
+ 9 SO
FB 4 - - 18 4 PO - -
+ 5 SO
+ 3HSO
AC/AD AD 4 - - 12 4 PO 6 2
FC/FD + 6 SO
FE 4 - - 12 4 PO
+ 2 SO
+3
HSO
F AE/AF AG 4 5 - 16 4 PO - -
+ 6 SO
FC 4 5 - 16 4 PO - -
+ 2 SO
+3
HSO
FE/FF AG 4 5 - 12 4 PO +6 2 1
SO
FC 4 5 - 12 4 PO 2 1
+ 2 SO
+3
HSO
L DA AH 1 - 3 8 4 PO - -
+ 6 SO
FD 1 - 3 8 4 PO - -
+ 2 SO
+3
HSO
Table continues on next page

20 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

2.4 Local HMI

The LHMI is used for setting, monitoring and controlling the protection relay. The LHMI
comprises the display, buttons, LED indicators and communication port.

REF615 ANSI 21
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

A070704-ANSI V3 EN

Figure 2: Example of the LHMI

2.4.1 Display
The LHMI includes a graphical display that supports one character size. The character size
depends on the selected language. The amount of characters and rows fitting the view
depends on the character size.
Table 4: Large display

Character size1) Rows in the view Characters per row

Small, mono-spaced (6 × 12 pixels) 10 20

1) Depending on the selected language

The display view is divided into four basic areas.

22 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

1 2

3 4
A070705-ANSI V3 EN

Figure 3: Display layout

1 Header
2 Icon
3 Content
4 Scroll bar (displayed when needed)

2.4.2 LEDs
The LHMI includes three protection indicators above the display: Normal, Pickup and
Trip.

There are 11 matrix programmable LEDs on front of the LHMI. The LEDs can be
configured with PCM600 and the operation mode can be selected with the LHMI, WHMI
or PCM600.

There are two additional LEDs which are embedded into the control buttons and .
They represent the status of breaker 1 (CBXCBR1).

2.4.3 Keypad
The LHMI keypad contains push buttons which are used to navigate in different views or
menus. With the push buttons you can give open or close commands to objects in the
primary circuit, for example, a circuit breaker, a contactor or a disconnector. The push
buttons are also used to acknowledge alarms, reset indications, provide help and switch
between local and remote control mode.

REF615 ANSI 23
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

A071176-ANSI V1 EN

Figure 4: LHMI keypad with object control, navigation and command push buttons
and RJ-45 communication port

2.5 Web HMI

The WHMI allows secure access to the protection relay via a Web browser. The supported
Web browser versions are Internet Explorer 9.0, 10.0 and 11.0. When the Secure
Communication parameter in the protection relay is activated, the Web server is forced to
take a secured (HTTPS) connection to WHMI using TLS encryption.The WHMI is
verified with Internet Explorer 11.0.

WHMI is disabled by default.WHMI is enabled by default.

WHMI offers several functions.

• Programmable LEDs and event lists

• System supervision
• Parameter settings
• Measurement display
• DFR records
• Fault records
• Load profile record
• Phasor diagram
• Single-line diagram
• Importing/Exporting parameters
• Report summary

The menu tree structure on the WHMI is almost identical to the one on the LHMI.

24 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

A070754 V6 EN

Figure 5: Example view of the WHMI

The WHMI can be accessed locally and remotely.

• Locally by connecting the laptop to the protection relay via the front communication
port.
• Remotely over LAN/WAN.

2.6 Authorization

Four user categories have been predefined for the LHMI and the WHMI, each with
different rights and default passwords.

The default passwords in the protection relay delivered from the factory can be changed
with Administrator user rights.

User authorization is disabled by default for LHMI but WHMI always

uses authorization.

REF615 ANSI 25
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

Table 5: Predefined user categories

Username User rights
VIEWER Read only access
OPERATOR •
Selecting remote or local state with (only locally)
• Changing setting groups
• Controlling
• Clearing indications

ENGINEER • Changing settings

• Clearing event list
• Clearing DFRs and load profile record
• Changing system settings such as IP address, serial baud rate or
DFR settings
• Setting the protection relay to test mode
• Selecting language

ADMINISTRATOR • All listed above

• Changing password
• Factory default activation

For user authorization for PCM600, see PCM600 documentation.

2.7 Communication

The protection relay supports a range of communication protocols including IEC 61850,
IEC 61850-9-2 LE, Modbus® and DNP3. Operational information and controls are
available through these protocols. However, some communication functionality, for
example, horizontal communication between the protection relays, is only enabled by the
IEC 61850 communication protocol.

The protection relay utilizes Ethernet communication extensively for different purposes.
The exact services depend on the ordered product variant and enabled functionality.
HSR/PRP is available in 615 series Ver.5.0 FP1 ANSI.

HSR/PRP availability depends on the product ordering information. See

the Rear communication modules chapter for information on HSR/PRP
supported COM cards.

26 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

Table 6: TCP and UDP ports used for different services

Service Port
File Transfer Protocol (FTP and FTPS) 20, 21
IEC 61850 102
Web Server HTTP 80
Web Server HTTPS 443
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) 123
Modbus TCP 502
DNP TCP 20000

The IEC 61850 communication implementation supports all monitoring and control
functions. Additionally, parameter setting and DFR records can be accessed using the IEC
61850 protocol. Oscillographic files are available to any Ethernet-based application in the
standard COMTRADE format. The protection relay can send and receive binary signals
from other devices (so-called horizontal communication) using the IEC 61850-8-1
GOOSE profile, where the highest performance class with a total transmission time of 3
ms is supported. Furthermore, the protection relay supports sending and receiving of
analog values using GOOSE messaging. The protection relay meets the GOOSE
performance requirements for tripping applications in distribution substations, as defined
by the IEC 61850 standard. The protection relay can simultaneously report events to five
different clients on the station bus.

The protection relay can support five simultaneous clients. If PCM600 reserves one client
connection, only four client connections are left, for example, for IEC 61850 and Modbus.

All communication connectors, except for the front port connector, are placed on
integrated optional communication modules. The protection relay can be connected to
Ethernet-based communication systems via the RJ-45 connector (100Base-TX) or the
fiber optic LC connector (100Base-FX). An optional serial interface is available for
RS-232/RS-485 communication.

2.7.1 Self-healing Ethernet ring

For the correct operation of self-healing loop topology, it is essential that the external
switches in the network support the RSTP protocol and that it is enabled in the switches.
Otherwise, connecting the loop topology can cause problems to the network. The
protection relay itself does not support link-down detection or RSTP. The ring recovery
process is based on the aging of the MAC addresses, and the link-up/link-down events can
cause temporary breaks in communication. For a better performance of the self-healing
loop, it is recommended that the external switch furthest from the protection relay loop is
assigned as the root switch (bridge priority = 0) and the bridge priority increases towards
the protection relay loop. The end links of the protection relay loop can be attached to the

REF615 ANSI 27
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

same external switch or to two adjacent external switches. A self-healing Ethernet ring
requires a communication module with at least two Ethernet interfaces for all protection
relays.

GUID-AB81C355-EF5D-4658-8AE0-01DC076E519C-ANSI V1 EN

Figure 6: Self-healing Ethernet ring solution

The Ethernet ring solution supports the connection of up to 30 protection

relays. If more than 30 protection relays are to be connected, it is
recommended that the network is split into several rings with no more than
30 protection relays per ring. Each protection relay has a 50-μs store-and-
forward delay, and to fulfil the performance requirements for fast
horizontal communication, the ring size is limited to 30 protection relays.

2.7.2 Ethernet redundancy

IEC 61850 specifies a network redundancy scheme that improves the system availability
for substation communication. It is based on two complementary protocols defined in the
IEC 62439-3:2012 standard: parallel redundancy protocol PRP and high-availability
seamless redundancy HSR protocol. Both protocols rely on the duplication of all
transmitted information via two Ethernet ports for one logical network connection.
Therefore, both are able to overcome the failure of a link or switch with a zero-switchover

28 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 2
REF615 overview

time, thus fulfilling the stringent real-time requirements for the substation automation
horizontal communication and time synchronization.

PRP specifies that each device is connected in parallel to two local area networks. HSR
applies the PRP principle to rings and to the rings of rings to achieve cost-effective
redundancy. Thus, each device incorporates a switch element that forwards frames from
port to port. The HSR/PRP option is available for all 615 series protection relays.
However, RED615 supports this option only over fiber optics.

IEC 62439-3:2012 cancels and replaces the first edition published in

2010. These standard versions are also referred to as IEC 62439-3 Edition
1 and IEC 62439-3 Edition 2. The protection relay supports IEC
62439-3:2012 and it is not compatible with IEC 62439-3:2010.

PRP
Each PRP node, called a double attached node with PRP (DAN), is attached to two
independent LANs operated in parallel. These parallel networks in PRP are called LAN
A and LAN B. The networks are completely separated to ensure failure independence, and
they can have different topologies. Both networks operate in parallel, thus providing zero-
time recovery and continuous checking of redundancy to avoid communication failures.
Non-PRP nodes, called single attached nodes (SANs), are either attached to one network
only (and can therefore communicate only with DANs and SANs attached to the same
network), or are attached through a redundancy box, a device that behaves like a DAN.

COM600
SCADA

Ethernet switch Ethernet switch

IEC 61850 PRP

GUID-334D26B1-C3BD-47B6-BD9D-2301190A5E9D V2 EN

Figure 7: PRP solution

REF615 ANSI 29
Application Manual
Section 2 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 overview

In case a laptop or a PC workstation is connected as a non-PRP node to one of the PRP

networks, LAN A or LAN B, it is recommended to use a redundancy box device or an
Ethernet switch with similar functionality between the PRP network and SAN to remove
additional PRP information from the Ethernet frames. In some cases, default PC
workstation adapters are not able to handle the maximum-length Ethernet frames with the
PRP trailer.

There are different alternative ways to connect a laptop or a workstation as SAN to a PRP
network.

• Via an external redundancy box (RedBox) or a switch capable of connecting to PRP

and normal networks
• By connecting the node directly to LAN A or LAN B as SAN
• By connecting the node to the protection relay's interlink port

HSR
HSR applies the PRP principle of parallel operation to a single ring, treating the two
directions as two virtual LANs. For each frame sent, a node, DAN, sends two frames, one
over each port. Both frames circulate in opposite directions over the ring and each node
forwards the frames it receives, from one port to the other. When the originating node
receives a frame sent to itself, it discards that to avoid loops; therefore, no ring protocol is
needed. Individually attached nodes, SANs, such as laptops and printers, must be attached
through a “redundancy box” that acts as a ring element. For example, a 615 or 620 series
protection relay with HSR support can be used as a redundancy box.

GUID-207430A7-3AEC-42B2-BC4D-3083B3225990 V2 EN

Figure 8: HSR solution

30 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Section 3 REF615 standard configurations

3.1 Standard configurations

REF615 is available with two alternative standard configurations. The standard signal
configuration can be altered by means of the signal matrix or the graphical application
functionality of the Protection and Control IED Manager PCM600. Further, the
application configuration functionality of PCM600 supports the creation of multi-layer
logic functions using various logical elements, including timers and flip-flops. By
combining protection functions with logic function blocks, the relay configuration can be
adapted to user-specific application requirements.

The relay is delivered from the factory with default connections described in the
functional diagrams for binary inputs, binary outputs, function-to-function connections
and alarm LEDs. Some of the supported functions in REF615 must be added with the
Application Configuration tool to be available in the Signal Matrix tool and in the relay.
The positive measuring direction of directional protection functions is towards the
outgoing feeder.
Table 7: Standard configurations
Description Std. conf.
Non-directional overcurrent and ground-fault protection and circuit-breaker condition
D
monitoring (RTD option)
Directional overcurrent and ground-fault protection, voltage-based protection and
F
measurements, and circuit-breaker condition monitoring (RTD option)
Directional and non-directional overcurrent and ground-fault protection with multifrequency
neutral admittance, voltage, frequency and power based protection and measurements, and
L
circuit-breaker condition monitoring (sensor inputs, optional power quality, fault locator,
interconnection protection and synchro-check with IEC 61850-9-2 LE)
Directional and non-directional overcurrent and ground-fault protection with multifrequency
neutral admittance, voltage, frequency and power based protection and measurements,
N
high-impedance differential protection, synchro-check and circuit-breaker condition
monitoring (optional power quality, fault locator and interconnection protection)
Non-directional phase and ground overcurrent, voltage and power directional protection and
P
power system metering for two tie breakers

REF615 ANSI 31
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Table 8: Supported functions

Function IEC 61850 ANSI D F L N P
Protection
Three-phase non-directional overcurrent PHLPTOC 51P 1 2 2 1
protection, low stage
Three-phase non-directional overcurrent PHHPTOC 50P-1 2 2 2 2
protection, high stage
Three-phase non-directional overcurrent PHIPTOC 50P-3 1 1 1 1 1
protection, instantaneous stage
Three-phase directional overcurrent DPHLPDOC 67/51P 2 2 2
protection, low stage
Three-phase directional overcurrent DPHHPDOC 67/50P 1 2 2 2
protection, high stage
Non-directional ground-fault protection, EFLPTOC 51G 1 1 1 1
low stage
51N 1 1 1 1
Non-directional ground-fault protection, EFHPTOC 50G 1 1 2 2 2
high stage
50N 2 2 2
Non-directional ground-fault protection, EFIPTOC 50G-3 1 1 1 1
instantaneous stage
50N-3 1 1 1
Directional ground-fault protection, low DEFLPDEF 67/51N 2 2 2
stage
Directional ground-fault protection, high DEFHPDEF 67/50N 1 2 2 2
stage
Admittance-based ground-fault EFPADM 21YN (3) (3)2) (3)
protection1)
Wattmetric-based ground-fault WPWDE 32N (3) (3)2) (3)
protection1)
Transient/intermittent ground-fault INTRPTEF 67NIEF 13) 12)3) 13)
protection
Harmonics-based ground-fault HAEFPTOC 51NHA (1)3) (1)3) (1)3) (1)3)
protection1)
Negative-sequence overcurrent NSPTOC 46 2 2 2 2 2
protection
Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC 46PD 1 1 1 1
Residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV 59G 1 12) 1

59N 2 22) 2 2

Three-phase undervoltage protection PHPTUV 27-1 3 3 3 2

Three-phase overvoltage protection PHPTOV 59 3 3 3 2
Positive-sequence undervoltage PSPTUV 47U 1 2 2
protection
Negative-sequence overvoltage NSPTOV 47 1 2 2 2
protection
Table continues on next page

32 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Function IEC 61850 ANSI D F L N P

Three-phase remnant undervoltage MSVPR 27R (1)4) 1 2
protection (source 1)
Frequency protection FRPFRQ 81 6 6
Three-phase thermal protection for T1PTTR 49F 1 1 1 1
feeders, cables and distribution
transformers
High-impedance differential protection for HIAPDIF 87A 1
phase A
High-impedance differential protection for HIBPDIF 87B 1
phase B
High-impedance differential protection for HICPDIF 87C 1
phase C
Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF 50BF 1 1 1 1 2
Three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR INR 1 1 1 1 1
Switch onto fault CBPSOF SOTF 1 1 1 1
Master trip TRPPTRC 86/94 2 2 2 2 2
(3)5) (3)5) (3)5) (3)5) (3)5)
Arc protection ARCSARC AFD (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
Multipurpose protection MAPGAPC MAP 18 18 18 18 18
Fault locator SCEFRFLO 21FL (1) (1) (1)
Loss of phase PHPTUC 37 1
High-impedance fault detection PHIZ HIZ 1 1 1
Underpower protection DUPPDPR 32U 2 2
Reverse power/directional overpower DOPPDPR 32R/32O 2 2
protection
Multifrequency admittance-based ground- MFADPSDE 67YN 1 1
fault protection
Interconnection functions
Directional reactive power undervoltage DQPTUV 32Q-27 (1) (1)
protection
Low-voltage ride-through protection LVRTPTUV 27RT (3) (3)
Voltage vector shift protection VVSPPAM 78V (1) (1)
Power quality
Current total demand distortion CMHAI PQI (1)6) (1)6) (1)6)
Voltage total harmonic distortion VMHAI PQVPH (1)6) (1)6) (2)6)
Voltage variation PHQVVR PQSS (1)6) (1)6) (2)6)
Voltage unbalance VSQVUB PQVUB (1)6) (1)6) (1)6)
Control
Circuit-breaker control CBXCBR 52 1 1 1 1 2
Disconnector control DCXSWI 29DS 2 2 2 2 2
Table continues on next page

REF615 ANSI 33
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Function IEC 61850 ANSI D F L N P

Grounding switch control ESXSWI 29GS 1 1 1 1 1
Disconnector position indication DCSXSWI 52-TOC 1 1 1 1 1
29DS 2 2 2 2 2
Grounding switch indication ESSXSWI 29GS 2 2 2 2 2
Autoreclosing DARREC 79 (1) (1) (1) (1) (1)
Synchronism and energizing check SECRSYN 25 (1)4) 1 1

Condition monitoring
Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR 52CM 1 1 1 1 2
Trip circuit supervision TCSSCBR TCM 2 2 2 2 2
Current circuit supervision CCSPVC CCM 1 1 1 1
Current transformer supervision for high- HZCCASPVC MCS-A 1
impedance protection scheme for phase A
Current transformer supervision for high- HZCCBSPVC MCS-B 1
impedance protection scheme for phase B
Current transformer supervision for high- HZCCCSPVC MCS-C 1
impedance protection scheme for phase C
Fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC 60 1 1 1 2
Runtime counter for machines and MDSOPT OPTM 1 1 1 1 1
devices
Measurement
Load profile record LDPRLRC LoadProf 1 1 1 1 1
Three-phase current measurement CMMXU IA, IB, IC 1 1 1 1 1
Sequence current measurement CSMSQI I1, I2, I0 1 1 1 1 1
Residual current measurement RESCMMXU IG 1 1 1 1 1
Three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU VA, VB, VC 1 1 2 2
(1)4)
Residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU VG 1 1
Sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI V1, V2, V0 1 1 1 2
Single-phase power and energy SPEMMXU SP, SE 1 1 1 1
measurement
Three-phase power and energy PEMMXU P, E 1 1 1 1
measurement
RTD/mA measurement XRGGIO130 X130 (RTD) (1) (1) (1)
Frequency measurement FMMXU f 1 1 1 1
IEC 61850-9-2 LE sampled value SMVSENDER SMVSENDER (1) (1) (1) (1)
sending7)
IEC 61850-9-2 LE sampled value SMVRECEIVER SMVRECEIVER (1) (1) (1) (1)
receiving (voltage sharing)7)
Other
Table continues on next page

34 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Function IEC 61850 ANSI D F L N P

Minimum pulse timer (2 pcs) TPGAPC 62TP 4 4 4 4 4
Minimum pulse timer (2 pcs, second TPSGAPC 62TPS 1 1 1 1 1
resolution)
Minimum pulse timer (2 pcs, minute TPMGAPC 62TPM 1 1 1 1 1
resolution)
Pulse timer (8 pcs) PTGAPC 62PT 2 2 2 2 2
Time delay off (8 pcs) TOFGAPC 62TOF 4 4 4 4 4
Time delay on (8 pcs) TONGAPC 62TON 4 4 4 4 4
Set-reset (8 pcs) SRGAPC SR 4 4 4 4 4
Move (8 pcs) MVGAPC MV 2 2 2 2 2
Generic control point (16 pcs) SPCGAPC SPC 2 2 2 2 2
Analog value scaling SCA4GAPC SCA4 3 3 3 3 3
Integer value move MVI4GAPC MVI4 1 1 1 1 1
Generic up-down counters UDFCNT CTR 4 4 4 4 4
1, 2, ... = Number of included instances. The instances of a protection function represent the number of identical protection function blocks
available in the standard configuration.
() = Optional

1) One of the following can be ordered as an option; Admittance based E/F, Wattmetric based E/F or Harmonics based E/F. The option is an addition
to the existing E/F of the original configuration. The optional ground-fault protection has a predefined configuration in the relay. The optional
ground-fault protection can be set on or off.
2) “Calculated V0” is always used
3) “Measured IG” is always used
4) Only available with IEC 61850-9-2
5) Master Trip included and connected to corresponding HSO in the configuration only when BIO0007 module is used. If additionally the ARC option
is selected, then AFD is connected in the configuration to the corresponding Master Trip input.
6) Power quality option includes Current total demand distortion, Voltage total harmonic distortion and Voltage variation.
7) Only available with COM0031...0037

3.1.1 Addition of control functions for primary devices and the use of
binary inputs and outputs
If extra control functions intended for controllable primary devices are added to the
configuration, additional binary inputs and/or outputs are needed to complement the
standard configuration.

If the number of inputs and/or outputs in a standard configuration is not sufficient, it is

possible either to modify the chosen standard configuration in order to release some
binary inputs or binary outputs which have originally been configured for other purposes,
or to integrate an external input/output module, for example RIO600, to the protection
relay.

The external I/O module’s binary inputs and outputs can be used for the less time-critical
binary signals of the application. The integration enables releasing some initially reserved
binary inputs and outputs of the protection relay’s standard configuration.

REF615 ANSI 35
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

The suitability of the protection relay’s binary outputs which have been selected for
primary device control should be carefully verified, for example make and carry and
breaking capacity. If the requirements for the primary device control circuit are not met,
using external auxiliary relays should be considered.

36 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.2 Connection diagrams

A
B
C

Positive
Current 52 REF615
Direction
X120 X100
1 + 1
BI 1 Uaux
2 2
-
3 3
BI 2
IRF
4
4 5
BI 3
P1
PO1
5
S1 BI 4
6 6
S2
7 1/5A 2) 7
IA
8 N PO2
P2 9 1/5A
IB 8
10 N 9
11 1/5A 10
IC SO1
12 N
13 1/5A 11
IG 12
14 N 13
SO2
X110 14
1 3) 16
BI 1 PO3
2
17
3 15
BI 2 19
4 TCM-1 18
5 20
BI 3 22
6
PO4

BI 4 21
7 23
TCM-2 24
8
BI 5
9
3) X110
BI 6 14
10
SO1
11 16
BI 7
12 15
17
BI 8 SO2
13 19
18
20
SO3
X130
1) 4) 22
1 21
BI 1
2 23
SO4
BI 2 24
3
4
BI 3 X130
5
10
BI 4 1) 4) SO1
6
12
7 11
BI 5 13
8
SO2
15
BI 6 14
9
16
SO3
18
17

X13
1)
Light sensor input 1
1) Optional
2) The IED features an automatic short-circuit
X14
1) mechanism in the CT connector when plug-in
Light sensor input 2 unit is detached
3) REF615 conf D: BIO0005 module (8BI+4BO)
X15 Alternative module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)
1) 4) REF615 conf D: BIO0006 module (6BI+3BO)
Light sensor input 3
Alternative module RTD0001 (6RTD+2mA)

GUID-882B62DB-9C90-43CB-9D49-8D3EB6BF9B65 V1 EN

Figure 9: Connection diagram for the D configuration

REF615 ANSI 37
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

A
B
C
A

N
n

a
da dn REF615
X120 X100
1 + 1
BI 1 Uaux
Positive 2 2
52 -
Current
3 3
Direction BI 2
IRF
4
4 5
BI 3
P1
PO1
5
S1 BI 4
6 6
S2
7 1/5A 2) 7
IA
8 N PO2
P2 9 1/5A
IB 8
10 N 9
11 1/5A 10
IC SO1
12 N
1/5A 11
IG 12
P1 S1
14 N 13
S2 SO2
P2

X130 14
1 4) 16
BI 1 PO3
2
17
3 15
BI 2 19
4 TCM-1 18
5 20
BI 3 22
6
PO4
7 21
BI 4
8 23
60 - TCM-2 24
9 210V
not in use
10 N
60 -
11 210V
VA
12 N
60 -
13 210V
VB
14 N
60 -
15 210V
VC
16 N
60 -
17 210V
VG
18 N

X110 X110
3)
1 14
BI 1 3)
2 SO1
16
3 15
BI 2
4 17
SO2
5
BI 3 19
6 18
20
BI 4 SO3
7
22
8 21
BI 5 23
9
SO4
BI 6 24
10
11
BI 7
12

BI 8
13

X13
1)
Light sensor input 1 1) Optional
2) The IED features an automatic short-circuit
X14 mechanism in the CT connector when plug-in
1) unit is detached
Light sensor input 2
3) BIO0005 module (8BI+4BO)
X15 Alternative module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)
1) 4) AIM0006 module (5U+4BI)
Light sensor input 3
Alternative module AIM0003 (5U+2RTD+1mA)

GUID-BCE3AC29-6587-4561-9FA5-D6A69B043809 V1 EN

Figure 10: Connection diagram for the F configuration

38 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

REF615
X130 X100
Positive
52 + 1
Current 1 0,2/1A
Uaux
Direction 2 IG 2
N -
3
X131 IRF
4
Current Sensor 4 5
IA
5
Voltage Sensor 7 PO1
VA
8 6
X132 7

4 PO2
IB
5
8
7 9
VB
8 10
X133 SO1
11
4 12
IC 13
5
7 SO2
VC
8 14
16
PO3
17
P1 S1 15
19
S2
TCM-1 18
P2
20
X110 22
2) PO4
1
BI 1 21
2
23
3 TCM-2 24
BI 2
4
5 X110
BI 3
6 14
2) SO1
BI 4 16
7 15
17
8
BI 5 SO2
9
19
18
BI 6 20
10
SO3
11 22
BI 7
12 21
23
BI 8 SO4
13 24

X13
1)
Light sensor input 1

X14
1)
Light sensor input 2
1) Optional
X15 2) BIO0005 module (8BI+4BO)
1)
Light sensor input 3 Alternative module BIO0007 (8BI+3HSO)

GUID-37A72CAC-69AC-45E2-B892-88A2D38CAD31 V1 EN

Figure 11: Connection diagram for the L configuration

REF615 ANSI 39
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

A
B
C
A

N
n

a
da dn REF615
X120 X100
1 + 1
BI 1 Uaux
Positive 2 2
52 -
Current
3 3
Direction BI 2
IRF
4
4 5
BI 3
P1
PO1
5
S1 BI 4
6 6
S2
7 1/5A 2) 7
IA
8 N PO2
P2 9 1/5A
IB 8
10 N 9
11 1/5A 10
IC SO1
12 N
1/5A 11
IG 12
14 N 13
P1 S1
SO2

X130 14
S2
4)
P2
1 16
BI 1 PO3
2
17
3 15
BI 2 19
4 TCM-1 18
5 20
BI 3 22
6
PO4
7 21
BI 4
8 23
60 - TCM-2 24
9 210V
V12B
10 N
60 -
11 210V
VA
12 N
60 -
13 210V
VB
14 N
60 -
15 210V
VC
16 N
60 -
17 210V
VG
18 N

X110 X110
3)
1 14
BI 1 3)
2 SO1
16
3 15
BI 2
4 17
SO2
5
BI 3 19
6 18
20
BI 4 SO3
7
22
8 21
BI 5 23
9
SO4
BI 6 24
10
11
BI 7
12

BI 8
13

GUID-2EE7CD9D-D35A-4C6A-99E3-E86A9B561C1B V1 EN

Figure 12: Connection diagram for the N configuration

40 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

A
B
C
REF615
(1) A X120 X100
+ 1
1
BI 1 Vaux
2 - 2
N 3 3
BI 2 IRF
n 4
4 5
BI 3
PO1
5
a BI 4
6 6
7
7 1)
IA PO2
8
9
P1 S1 IB 8
10 9
11 10
P2 S2 IC SO1
12
13 11
IG 12
14 13
52 SO2
14
A B C X130
16
1 PO3
BI 1
2 17
15
3 19
BI 2 TCM-1 18
4
20
5 22
BI 3 PO4
6
21
23
7 VA(2) TCM-2
8 24
9 VB(2)
52 10
11
VC(2)
12
13 VA(1)
a 14
15
VB(1)
16
17
VC(1)
18
n
N
X110
1
52 BI 1
2
3 2)
A BI 2
(2) 4
a
b 5
BI 3 X110
c 6
14
7 BI 4 SO1
16
15
8 17
9 BI 5 2) SO2
19
10 18
BI 6 20
SO3
11 22
12 BI 7 21
23
13 SO4
BI 8 24

X110
1
BI 1
2
3 2)
4 BI 2

5
6 BI 3

7 BI 4 X110
8 15
BI 5 HSO1
9
10 16
BI 6 2) 19
HSO2
11 20
12 BI 7
23
13
Alternative HSO3
BI 8 Module 24

X13 Light Sensor

Input 1

X14 Light Sensor

2)
Input 2

X15 Light Sensor

Input 3
1). The IED features an automatic short-circuit
mechanism in the CT connector when
plug-in unit is detached.
2). Order selectable. Optional.

GUID-5167A0C4-C9C3-40A1-A827-72E92310EEFA V1 EN

Figure 13: Connection diagram for the P configuration

REF615 ANSI 41
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.3 Standard configuration D

3.3.1 Applications
The standard configuration for non-directional overcurrent and non-directional ground-
fault protection is mainly intended for cable and overhead-line feeder applications in
directly or resistance grounded distribution networks.

The protection relay with a standard configuration is delivered from the factory with
default settings and parameters. The end user flexibility for incoming, outgoing and
internal signal designation within the protection relay enables this configuration to be
further adapted to different primary circuit layouts and the related functionality needs by
modifying the internal functionality using PCM600.

3.3.2 Functions

REF615 V5.0 FP-1 ANSI Func Appl D

51P-1 50P-1 50P-2 50P-3 46-1

49F-1 46PD 46-2

Load 50
INR-1
Prof. BF-1

50N
51N-1 BF-1

51G 50G-1 50G-3 HIZ-1 51NHA1

AFD- AFD- AFD-

792 384
13 23 33
1
Available with Harmonic-based earth-fault option
2
3 Available with Reclosing option
3
Available with Arc Flash Detection(AFD) option
4
Available with RTD option

GUID-D0C1421A-5B6D-4FD1-A187-1ADC8D5B061D V1 EN

Figure 14: Functionality overview for standard configuration D

42 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.3.2.1 Default I/O connections

Table 9: Default connections for analog inputs
Analog input Description Connector pins
IA Phase A current X120:7-8
IB Phase B current X120:9-10
IC Phase C current X120:11-12
IG Residual current IG X120:13-14

Table 10: Default connections for binary inputs

Binary input Description Connector pins
X110-BI1 - X110:1-2 / X110:1-2
X110-BI2 Autoreclose external pickup command X110:3-4 / X110:1-3
X110-BI3 - X110:5-6 / X110:1-4
X110-BI4 - X110:7-6 / X110:1-5
X110-BI5 - X110:8-9 / X110:6-7
X110-BI6 - X110:10-9 / X110:6-8
X110-BI7 - X110:11-12 / X110:6-9
X110-BI8 - X110:13-12 / X110:6-10
X120-BI1 Blocking of overcurrent instantaneous stage X120:1-2
X120-BI2 Circuit breaker closed position indication X120:3-2
X120-BI3 Circuit breaker open position indication X120:4-2
X120-BI4 Lock-out reset X120:5-6
X130-BI1 - X130:1-2
X130-BI2 - X130:3-2
X130-BI3 - X130:4-5
X130-BI4 - X130:6-5
X130-BI5 - X130:7-8
X130-BI6 - X130:9-8

Table 11: Default connections for binary outputs

REF615 ANSI 43
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Binary output Description Connector pins

X100-PO3 Open circuit breaker/trip coil 1 X100:15-19
X100-PO4 Open circuit breaker/trip coil 2 X100:20-24
X110-SO1 Upstream overcurrent blocking X110:14-16
X110-SO2 Overcurrent trip alarm X110:17-19
X110-SO3 Ground-fault trip alarm X110:20-22
X110-SO4 - X110:23-24
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 1 trip activated X110:15-16
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 2 trip activated X110:19-20
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 3 trip activated X110:23-24
X130-SO1 - X130:10-12
X130-SO2 - X130:13-15
X130-SO3 - X130:16-18

Table 12: Default connections for LEDs

LED Default usage ID Label description
1 Non-directional overcurrent trip LED_Overcurrent_1 Overcurrent
2 Non-directional ground-fault LED_EarthFault_1 Ground-fault
trip
3 Sensitive ground-fault trip LED_SensitiveEarthFault_1 Sensitive ground-fault
4 Negative sequence overcurrent LED_PhaseUnbalance_1 Phase unbalance
or phase discontinuity trip
5 Thermal overload alarm LED_ThermalOverload_1 Thermal overload
6 Breaker failure trip LED_BreakerFailure_1 Breaker failure
7 Disturbance recorder triggered LED_DisturbRecTriggered_1 Disturb. rec. triggered
8 Circuit breaker condition LED_CBConditionMonitoring_ CB condition monitoring
monitoring alarm 1
9 Trip circuit supervision alarm LED_TripCircuitFailure_1 Trip circuit failure
10 Arc flash detection LED_ArcDetected_1 Arc detected
11 Autoreclose in progress LED_AutorecloseInProgress_1 Autoreclose shot in progr.

3.3.2.2 Default disturbance recorder settings

Table 13: Default disturbance recorder analog channels
Channel Description
1 IL1
2 IL2
3 IL3
Table continues on next page

44 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Channel Description
4 Io
5 -
6 -
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -

REF615 ANSI 45
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

46 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Channel ID text Level trigger mode

61 - -
62 - -
63 - -
64 - -

3.3.3 Functional diagrams

The functional diagrams describe the default input, output, alarm LED and function-to-
function connections. The default connections can be viewed and changed with PCM600
according to the application requirements.

The analog channels have fixed connections to the different function blocks inside the
protection relay’s standard configuration. However, the 12 analog channels available for
the disturbance recorder function are freely selectable as a part of the disturbance
recorder’s parameter settings.

The phase currents to the protection relay are fed from a current transformer. The residual
current to the protection relay is fed from either residually connected CTs, an external core
balance CT, neutral CT or calculated internally.

The signal marked with IA, IB and IC represents the three phase currents. The signal IG
represents the measured ground current.

The protection relay offers six different setting groups which can be set based on
individual needs. Each group can be activated or deactivated using the setting group
settings available in the protection relay.

Depending on the communication protocol the required function block needs to be

instantiated in the configuration.

3.3.3.1 Functional diagrams for protection

The functional diagrams describe the relay's protection functionality in detail and
according to the factory set default connections.

Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. The non-
directional instantaneous stage PHIPTOC1_50P-3 can be blocked by energizing the
binary input X120:BI1.

REF615 ANSI 47
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

PHIPTOC1
X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING BLOCK TRIP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP
O:13|T:2.5|I:1

PHHPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHHPTOC1_50P-1_PICKUP
O:12|T:5|I:1

PHHPTOC2
BLOCK TRIP PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHHPTOC2_50P-2_PICKUP
O:11|T:5|I:2

PHLPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHLPTOC1_51P-1_PICKUP
O:23|T:5|I:1

OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O PHxPTOC_TRIP
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B3
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:90|T:2.5|I:27
GUID-9F58DD49-59D6-4CAF-8BF4-D572E064D069 V1 EN

Figure 15: Overcurrent protection functions

The upstream blocking from the pickup of the second high stage of three-phase non-
directional overcurrent protection PHHPTOC2_50P-2 is connected to the binary output
X110:SO1. This output can be used for sending a blocking signal to the relevant
overcurrent protection stage of the relay at the infeeding bay.

OR6
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_PICKUP B1 O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:98|T:2.5|I:29
GUID-E4F23744-DC73-4048-9654-867A21960BA5 V1 EN

Figure 16: Upstream blocking logic

The output BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1_INR-1 enables either

blocking the function or multiplying the active settings for any of the available
overcurrent or ground-fault function blocks.

48 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

INRPHAR1
BLOCK BLK2H INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H
O:69|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-5FAEFBEC-C27F-450F-8031-9B51ECEBEE72 V1 EN

Figure 17: Inrush detector function

Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1_46-1 and

NSPTOC2_46-2 are provided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to
protect the feeder against phase unbalance.

NSPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP
O:24|T:5|I:1

NSPTOC2
BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP
O:25|T:5|I:2

OR
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O NSPTOC_TRIP
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2
O:87|T:2.5|I:14
GUID-F3410D3C-843F-4124-B412-F32601AE0359 V1 EN

Figure 18: Negative-sequence overcurrent protection function

Three stages are provided for non-directional ground-fault protection. One stage is
provided for sensitive ground-fault protection.

REF615 ANSI 49
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

EFIPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFIPTOC1_50G-3_PICKUP
O:15|T:2.5|I:1

EFHPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP
O:14|T:5|I:1

EFLPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFLPTOC1_51G_PICKUP
O:16|T:5|I:1

OR6
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B1 O EFxPTOC_TRIP
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B2
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:94|T:2.5|I:28

EFLPTOC2
BLOCK TRIP EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFLPTOC2_51N-1_PICKUP
O:27|T:5|I:2
GUID-4CBFA059-E084-43C5-9C22-1F94DB321BDC V1 EN

Figure 19: Non-directional ground-fault protection

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1_46PD protects for interruptions in the

normal three-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations.

PDNSPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP
PICKUP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP
O:26|T:5|I:1
GUID-37AE4620-83A7-4044-AE1E-455659FDEF49 V1 EN

Figure 20: Phase discontinuity protection

Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformers

T1PTTR1_49F-1 detects overloads under varying load conditions.

50 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

T1PTTR1
BLOCK TRIP T1PTTR1_49F-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP T1PTTR1_49F-1_PICKUP
AMB_TEMP ALARM T1PTTR1_49F-1_ALARM
BLK_CLOSE
O:64|T:5|I:1
GUID-CC27632E-FDD1-43E8-BAA0-49D51656C53F V1 EN

Figure 21: Thermal overcurrent protection function

Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1_50BF-1 is initiated via the PICKUP input
by number of different protection functions available in the relay. The breaker failure
protection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuit breaker
position and the measured phase and residual currents.

The circuit breaker failure protection function has two operating outputs: TRRET and
TRBU. The TRRET trip output is used for retripping its own breaker through
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP. The TRBU output is used to give a backup trip to the breaker
feeding upstream. For this purpose, the TRBU trip output signal is connected to the binary
output X100:PO2.

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B3 B3
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B4 B4
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B5 B5 CCBRBRF1
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B6 B6
O:20|T:2.5|I:1 O:22|T:2.5|I:2 BLOCK CB_FAULT_AL
PICKUP TRBU CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE TRRET CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET
CB_FAULT
OR6 O:28|T:2.5|I:1
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:21|T:2.5|I:0

GUID-C198C043-B92F-4A17-BA0D-AA9C36A3AF65 V1 EN

Figure 22: Circuit breaker failure protection function

Three arc protection stages ARCSARC1…3_AFD-1...3 are included as an optional

function. The arc protection offers individual function blocks for three arc sensors that can
be connected to the relay. Each arc protection function block has two different operation
modes, that is, with or without the phase and residual current check.

The trip signals from ARCSARC1…3_AFD-1...3 are connected to both trip logic
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2.

REF615 ANSI 51
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

ARCSARC1
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:18|T:2.5|I:11

ARCSARC2
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:17|T:2.5|I:21

ARCSARC3
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:19|T:2.5|I:31

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:92|T:2.5|I:30
GUID-C6165736-DE76-486B-97A3-E92CA54D3B15 V1 EN

Figure 23: Arc protection

The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by trip signals from a

number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. It is possible to create
individual autorecloseing sequences for each input.

The autoreclosing function can be inhibited with the INHIBIT_RECL input. By default,
few selected protection function operations are connected to this input. A control
command to the circuit breaker, either local or remote, also blocks the autoreclosing
function via the CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED signal.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with the
CB_READY input in DARREC1_79. This signal is not connected in the configuration.

The open command from the autorecloser is connected directly to binary output
X100:PO3, whereas the close command is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.

Set the parameters for DARREC1_79 properly.

52 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Check the initialization signals of DARREC1_79.

DARREC1
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP INIT_1 OPEN_CB DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP INIT_2 CLOSE_CB DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP INIT_3 CMD_WAIT
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP INIT_4 INPRO DARREC1_79_INPRO
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP INIT_5 LOCKED OUT
X110_BI2_EXT_PICIUP_AUTORECLOSE INIT_6 PROT_CRD
DEL_INIT_2 UNSUC_RECL DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL
DEL_INIT_3 AR_ON
DEL_INIT_4 READY
BLK_RECL_T ACTIVE
BLK_RCLM_T
BLK_THERM
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN CB_POS
CB_READY
INC_SHOTP
INHIBIT_RECL
OR6 OR RECL_ON
SYNC
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O B1 O O:56|T:2.5|I:1
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B2 B2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B3 O:55|T:2.5|I:8
CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED B4
B5
B6
O:52|T:2.5|I:12

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:53|T:2.5|I:11

GUID-842B6874-C3B5-42F1-9505-54EE6C1C0123 V1 EN

Figure 24: Autoreclosing function

General pickup and trip from all the functions are connected to minimum pulse timer
TPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from
TPGAPC1 is connected to binary outputs.

REF615 ANSI 53
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_PICKUP B1 O
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_PICKUP B2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_PICKUP B3
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP B6
O:80|T:2.5|I:23

OR6
OR6
B1 O
EFLPTOC1_51G_PICKUP B1 O B2
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_PICKUP B2 B3
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_PICKUP B3 B4 TPGAPC1
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP B4 B5
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP B5 B6 IN1 OUT1 GENERAL_PICIUP_PULSE
B6 O:84|T:2.5|I:26 IN2 OUT2 GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
O:79|T:2.5|I:24 O:86|T:2.5|I:1

OR6 OR6
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B1 O B1 O
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B3 B3
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
O:81|T:2.5|I:22 O:85|T:2.5|I:25

OR6
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B2
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B3
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B4
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B5
B6
O:82|T:2.5|I:21

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:83|T:2.5|I:20

GUID-52097E03-6891-45E2-9F24-A031AB0D74CF V1 EN

Figure 25:

The trip signals from the protection functions are connected to the two trip logics
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2. The output of these trip logic functions
are available at binary outputs X100:PO3 and X100:PO4. Both the trip logic functions are
provided with lockout and latching function, event generation and the trip signal duration
setting. If the lockout operation mode is selected, binary input has been assigned to
RST_LKOUT input of both the trip logic to enable external reset with a push button.

Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3...5_86/94-3…5 are also available if the relay is
ordered with high speed binary outputs options.

54 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B2 B2
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B3 B3
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC1
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
O:29|T:2.5|I:8 O:36|T:2.5|I:10 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP
TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:40|T:2.5|I:1
OR6
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B2
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B3
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B4
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B5
B6
O:30|T:2.5|I:7

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:31|T:2.5|I:6
GUID-15A33F46-498B-49E8-AEFB-E1E3059F0E49 V1 EN

Figure 26: Trip logic TRPPTRC1

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B2 B2
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B3 B3
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
O:32|T:2.5|I:5 O:37|T:2.5|I:9 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:41|T:2.5|I:2
OR6
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B2
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B3
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B4
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B5
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET B6
O:33|T:2.5|I:4

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:34|T:2.5|I:3

GUID-7B33E0C0-9A07-48FD-B510-97E084498C2C V1 EN

Figure 27: Trip logic TRPPTRC2

REF615 ANSI 55
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

TRPPTRC3
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:102|T:2.5|I:3

TRPPTRC4
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:99|T:2.5|I:4

TRPPTRC5
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:101|T:2.5|I:5

GUID-DE0353C0-B5E5-4225-8B6A-F6428FECA254 V1 EN

Figure 28: Trip logic TRPPTRC3/4/5

3.3.3.2 Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder

The PICKUP and TRIP outputs from the protection stages are routed to trigger the
disturbance recorder or, alternatively, only to be recorded by the disturbance recorder
depending on the parameter settings. Additionally, the selected signals from different
functions and the few binary inputs are also connected to the disturbance recorder.

56 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

RDRE1
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_PICKUP C1 TRIGGERED DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_PICKUP C2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_PICKUP C3
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP C4
NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP C5
NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP C6
EFLPTOC1_51G_PICKUP C7
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP C8
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_PICKUP C9
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_PICKUP C10
C11
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP C12
T1PTTR1_49F-1_PICKUP C13
OR6 CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET C14
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU C15
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O C16
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B2 C17
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B3 C18
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B4 X110_BI2_EXT_PICIUP_AUTORECLOSE C19
B5 EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP C20
B6 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP C21
O:65|T:2.5|I:18 INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H C22
T1PTTR1_49F-1_TRIP C23
C24
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP C25
OR ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP C26
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP C27
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O DARREC1_79_INPRO C28
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2 DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB C29
O:68|T:2.5|I:12 DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL C30
X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING C31
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED C32
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN C33
OR6 C34
C35
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B1 O C36
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B2 C37
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B3 C38
B4 C39
B5 C40
B6 C41
O:66|T:2.5|I:17 C42
C43
C44
C45
OR6 C46
C47
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET B1 O C48
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET B2 C49
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET B3 C50
B4 C51
B5 C52
B6 C53
O:67|T:2.5|I:16 C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
C64
O:70|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-F324C488-27AE-4DE2-A588-E1B77C49EC5A V1 EN

Figure 29: Disturbance recorder

3.3.3.3 Functional diagrams for condition monitoring

Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR1_52CM-1 supervises the switch status

based on the connected binary input information and the measured current levels.
SSCBR1_52CM-1 introduces various supervision methods.

Set the parameters for SSCBR1_52CM-1 properly.

REF615 ANSI 57
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

SSCBR1
BLOCK TRV_T_OP_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN TRV_T_CL_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE SPR_CHR_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM
CB_OPEN_COMMAND OPEN_CB_EXE OPR_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM
CB_CLOSE_COMMAND CLOSE_CB_EXE OPR_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO
PRES_ALM_IN IPOW_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM
PRES_LO_IN IPOW_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO
SPR_CHR_ST CB_LIFE_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_CB_LIFE_ALM
SPR_CHR MON_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM
RST_IPOW PRES_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM
RST_CB_WEAR PRES_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO
RST_TRV_T OPENPOS
RST_SPR_T INVALIDPOS
CLOSEPOS
O:59|T:5|I:1
GUID-0B65542D-6DE7-4B60-B79A-BE23D184A8C0 V1 EN

Figure 30: Circuit-breaker condition monitoring function

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO B5
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM B6 OR
O:60|T:2.5|I:15
B1 O SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS
B2
O:62|T:2.5|I:11
OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_CB_LIFE_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO B5
B6
O:61|T:2.5|I:14

GUID-79BF3B58-B0F3-490A-96CB-52031D35EB2C V1 EN

Figure 31: Logic for circuit breaker monitoring alarm

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1_TCM-1 for
power output X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2_TCM-2 for power output X100:PO4. Both the
functions are blocked by the master trip TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2
and the circuit breaker open signal.

It is assumed that there is no external resistor in the circuit breaker tripping

coil circuit connected in parallel with the circuit breaker normally open
auxiliary contact.

58 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

TCSSCBR1
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM
O:74|T:5|I:1

TCSSCBR2
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR2_TCM-1_ALARM
O:75|T:5|I:2

OR
TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM B1 O TCSSCBR_ALARM
TCSSCBR2_TCM-1_ALARM B2
O:76|T:2.5|I:13
GUID-09D826A2-9C1F-45E2-8382-FFC58B98DAE7 V1 EN

Figure 32: Trip circuit supervision function

OR6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B1 O TCSSCBR_BLOCKING
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP B2
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN B3
B4
B5
B6
O:73|T:2.5|I:19

GUID-A0E5F33A-B395-4EE7-92A9-C1222EF942BD V1 EN

Figure 33: Logic for blocking of trip circuit supervision

3.3.3.4 Functional diagrams for control and interlocking

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. The input
can be activated using the configuration logic, which is based on the status of the trip
logics. However, other signals can be connected based on the application needs.

The SYNC_ITL_BYP input can be used, for example, to always enable the closing of the
circuit breaker when the circuit breaker truck is in the test position. SYNC_ITL_BYP
overrides, for example, active interlocking conditions when the circuit breaker truck is
closed in service position.

REF615 ANSI 59
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

CBXCBR1
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN SELECTED CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE EXE_OP CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP
TRUE ENA_OPEN EXE_CL CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL
CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE ENA_CLOSE OP_REQ
FALSE BLK_OPEN CL_REQ
BLK_CLOSE OPENPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN AU_OPEN CLOSEPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE AU_CLOSE OKPOS
TRIP OPEN_ENAD
SYNC_OK CLOSE_ENAD
SYNC_ITL_BYP
O:51|T:5|I:1
GUID-C79FD0BB-613A-4D24-A6A9-8917D7B60584 V1 EN

Figure 34: Circuit breaker control logic: Circuit breaker 1

OR
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL B1 O CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B2
O:58|T:2.5|I:10
GUID-013DD8AC-2D27-4D1D-AA0B-F62645683AC1 V1 EN

Figure 35: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the closing coil of circuit breaker
1

OR6
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP B1 O CB_OPEN_COMMAND
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B2
DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB B3
B4
B5
B6
O:57|T:2.5|I:13
GUID-DCD405D6-BD0D-4EB4-B5A9-57E84374B9CD V1 EN

Figure 36: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the opening coil of circuit breaker
1

NOT AND6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP IN OUT B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE
O:46|T:2.5|I:3 B2
B3
B4
B5
NOT B6
O:50|T:2.5|I:0
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP IN OUT
O:47|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-B6706358-665E-47F2-98BC-6C4B130AF93F V1 EN

Figure 37: Circuit breaker close enable logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating circuit breaker external closing and
opening command with the relay in local or remote mode.

Check the logic for the external circuit breaker closing command and
modify it according to the application.

60 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:42|T:2.5|I:3 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE
B2
AND O:48|T:2.5|I:7
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:43|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-BC662286-4C38-4CC0-B1AB-6C81A5668F27 V1 EN

Figure 38: External closing command for circuit breaker

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:44|T:2.5|I:1 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN
B2
AND O:49|T:2.5|I:6
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:45|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-86D156FC-CADB-49D4-B52A-119ED2D7FD22 V1 EN

Figure 39: External opening command for circuit breaker

3.3.3.5 Functional diagrams for measurement functions

The phase current inputs to the relay are measured by the three-phase current
measurement function CMMXU1. The current input is connected to the X120 card in the
back panel. Similarly, the sequence current measurement CSMSQI1 measures the
sequence current and the residual current measurement RESCMMXU1 measures the
residual current.

The measurements can be seen from the LHMI and they are available under the
measurement option in the menu selection. Based on the settings, function blocks can
generate low alarm or warning and high alarm or warning signals for the measured current
values.

CMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:107|T:5|I:1

GUID-1C55C009-67CB-45E0-81D8-29B80AF77560 V1 EN

Figure 40: Three-phase current measurement

REF615 ANSI 61
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

CSMSQI1
O:105|T:5|I:1
GUID-BE9CAFE5-027E-4438-8172-820F47E62CB7 V1 EN

Figure 41: Sequence current measurements

RESCMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
O:109|T:5|I:1
GUID-8152F264-1F67-4FF2-911C-5B50BF900F3A V1 EN

Figure 42: Ground current measurements

FLTRFRC1
BLOCK
CB_CLRD
O:7|T:2.5|I:1

LDPRLRC1
RSTMEM MEM_WARN
MEM_ALARM
O:110|T:5|I:1
GUID-723F3FEC-853F-400A-A21E-D5422D179B3E V1 EN

Figure 43: Data monitoring and load profile record

3.3.3.6 Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 2
OR
B1 O X110_BI2_EXT_PICIUP_AUTORECLOSE
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 2 O:54|T:2.5|I:9

GUID-CC85B6A3-30F0-4FE2-8FC6-DFB3417124EA V1 EN

Figure 44: Default binary inputs - X110

62 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO1

TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO1

OC_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO2

TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO2

EF_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO3

TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO3
GUID-B3952352-B0FC-4EEB-A246-A4874399AFFF V1 EN

Figure 45: Default binary outputs - X110

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO1

CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO2

GENERAL_PICIUP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO1

GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO2

CB_OPEN_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO3

TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO4
GUID-78C38048-7C8F-4F52-A846-6ED4645E197C V1 EN

Figure 46: Default binary outputs - X100

X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 1

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 2

X120_BI3_CB_OPEN
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 3

X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 4
GUID-CCD407A2-0FE6-4E34-9044-3DD8F5491AA4 V1 EN

Figure 47: Default binary inputs - X120

REF615 ANSI 63
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

LED1 LED6
OK OK
PHxPTOC_TRIP ALARM CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU ALARM
RESET RESET
O:91|T:2.5|I:1 O:78|T:2.5|I:6

LED2 LED7
OK OK
EFxPTOC_TRIP ALARM DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED ALARM
RESET RESET
O:100|T:2.5|I:2 O:71|T:2.5|I:7

LED3 LED8
OK OK
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP ALARM SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS ALARM
RESET RESET
O:103|T:2.5|I:3 O:63|T:2.5|I:8

LED4 LED9
OR
OK OK
NSPTOC_TRIP B1 O ALARM TCSSCBR_ALARM ALARM
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B2 RESET RESET
O:88|T:2.5|I:15 O:89|T:2.5|I:4 O:77|T:2.5|I:9

LED5 LED10
OK OK
T1PTTR1_49F-1_ALARM ALARM ARCSARC_TRIP ALARM
RESET RESET
O:97|T:2.5|I:5 O:93|T:2.5|I:10

LED11
OK
DARREC1_79_INPRO ALARM
RESET
O:72|T:2.5|I:11

GUID-4950AC9D-32A0-47D4-9DEF-BE4BC8C25F6E V1 EN

Figure 48: Default LED connection

64 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.3.3.7 Functional diagrams for other functions

NOT Protection
IN OUT TRUE BI_SG_2 SG_LOGIC_SEL
O:35|T:2.5|I:0 BI_SG_3 SG_1_ACT
BI_SG_4 SG_2_ACT
BI_SG_5 SG_3_ACT
BI_SG_6 SG_4_ACT
SG_5_ACT
NOT SG_6_ACT
BEH_TEST
TRUE IN OUT FALSE BEH_BLK
O:38|T:2.5|I:4 O:10|T:2.5|I:0

Control
CTRL_OFF OFF
CTRL_LOC LOCAL CONTROL_LOCAL
CTRL_STA STATION
CTRL_REM REMOTE CONTROL_REMOTE
CTRL_ALL ALL
BEH_TEST
BEH_BLK
O:39|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-36EC3158-6DEC-41C8-90B6-CC9561764A94 V1 EN

Figure 49: Functions for general logic states TRUE and FALSE, protection setting
group selection and local and remote control

Other functions include generic function blocks which are related to the relay only, for
example, local/remote switch, some generic functions related to logic TRUE or FALSE,
push button logic (valid for certain relay types) and so on.

3.3.3.8 Functional diagrams for other timer logics

The configuration also includes the overcurrent trip and ground-fault trip logic. The trip
logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC2 for setting the minimum
pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC2 is connected to binary outputs.

TPGAPC2
PHxPTOC_TRIP IN1 OUT1 OC_TRIP_PULSE
IN2 OUT2 EF_TRIP_PULSE
O:96|T:2.5|I:2

OR
EFxPTOC_TRIP B1 O
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B2
O:95|T:2.5|I:16

GUID-F47C320C-5F06-4585-A052-B4C3DDDFF606 V1 EN

Figure 50: Timer logic for overcurrent and ground-fault trip pulse

REF615 ANSI 65
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

TONGAPC1 TOFGAPC1
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:111|T:2.5|I:1 O:112|T:2.5|I:1

TONGAPC2 TOFGAPC2
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:117|T:2.5|I:2 O:114|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-6E2D9A50-C8C5-41DB-9285-6E97E21B1608 V1 EN

Figure 51: Programmable timers

3.3.3.9 Functional diagrams for communication

MBSLPRT1 DNPLPRT1
Status Status
O:122|T:2.5|I:1 O:8|T:2.5|I:1

SCHLCCH1 SCHLCCH2 SCHLCCH3

CH1LIV CH2LIV CH3LIV
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV LNK3LIV
O:4|T:2.5|I:1 O:9|T:2.5|I:2 O:119|T:2.5|I:3

SERLCCH1 SERLCCH2 RCHLCCH1

CH1LIV CH2LIV CHLIV_A
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV REDCHLIV_B
O:115|T:2.5|I:1 O:104|T:2.5|I:2 LNKLIV_A
REDLNKLIV_B
O:5|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-E1863D65-9CCD-4AF2-B6CB-174314975A86 V1 EN

Figure 52: Default communication function connection

66 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.4 Standard configuration F

3.4.1 Applications
The standard configuration includes directional overcurrent and directional ground-fault
protection with phase voltage based measurement, undervoltage and overvoltage
protection and measurement function. The configuration is mainly intended for cable and
overhead-line feeder applications in directly or resistance grounded distribution
networks. The configuration also includes additional options for selecting ground-fault
protection based on admittance, wattmetric or harmonic-based principles.

3.4.2 Functions

Υ or Δ Δ

3 3

REF615 V5.0 FP1 ANSI Func Appl F

50P-3 46-1 46-2 46PD 49F-1 59G

50 67/ 67/ 67/

INR-1
BF-1 51P-1 51P-2 50P-1

67/ 67/ 67/ 27-1

51N-1 59-1
51N-1 51N-2 50N-1

59-2 27-2

21YN- 21YN- 21YN-

67NIEF 50G-1 11 21 31
59-3
27-3

HIZ 51NHA3 32N-32 32N-22 32N-12

60-1
47-1
52

47U-1

AFD- AFD- AFD-

14 24 34 795 386
1
Available with Admittance-based earth fault option 59N-1
2
Available with Wattmetric-based earth fault option
3
Available with Harmonic-based earth fault option
3 4
Available with Arc Flash Detection(AFD) option
5
Available with Reclosing option 59N-2
6
Available with RTD option

GUID-F91FF16B-BB2C-4919-868F-39EF29BAE01B V1 EN

Figure 53: Functionality overview for standard configuration F

REF615 ANSI 67
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.4.2.1 Default I/O connections

Table 15: Default connections for analog inputs
Analog input Description Connector pins
IA Phase A current X120:7-8
IB Phase B current X120:9-10
IC Phase C current X120:11-12
IG Residual current IG X120:13-14
VA Phase voltage VA X130:11-12
VB Phase voltage VB X130:13-14
VC Phase voltage VC X130:15-16
VG Residual voltage VG X130:17-18

Table 16: Default connections for binary inputs

Binary input Description Connector pins
X110-BI1 MCB open X110:1-2 / X110:1-2
Directional ground-fault protection's basic angle
X110-BI2 control X110:3-4 / X110:1-3
X110-BI3 - X110:5-6 / X110:1-4
X110-BI4 - X110:7-6 / X110:1-5
X110-BI5 - X110:8-9 / X110:6-7
X110-BI6 - X110:10-9 / X110:6-8
X110-BI7 - X110:11-12 / X110:6-9
X110-BI8 - X110:13-12 / X110:6-10
X120-BI1 Blocking of overcurrent instantaneous stage X120:1-2
X120-BI2 Circuit breaker closed position indication X120:3-2
X120-BI3 Circuit breaker open position indication X120:4-2
X120-BI4 Lock-out reset X120:5-6
X130-BI1 - X130:1-2
X130-BI2 - X130:3-4
X130-BI3 - X130:5-6
X130-BI4 - X130:7-8

68 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Table 17: Default connections for binary outputs

Binary output Description Connector pins
X100-PO1 Close circuit breaker X100:6-7
Circuit breaker failure protection trip to upstream
X100-PO2 breaker X100:8-9
X100-SO1 General pickup indication X100:10-11,(12)
X100-SO2 General trip indication X100:13-14
X100-PO3 Open circuit breaker/trip coil 1 X100:15-19
X100-PO4 Open circuit breaker/trip coil 2 X100:20-24
X110-SO1 Upstream overcurrent blocking X110:14-16
X110-SO2 Overcurrent trip alarm X110:17-19
X110-SO3 Ground-fault trip alarm X110:20-22
X110-SO4 Voltage protection trip alarm X110:23-24
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 1 trip activated X110:15-16
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 2 trip activated X110:19-20
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 3 trip activated X110:23-24

Table 18: Default connections for LEDs

LED Default usage ID Label description
1 Overcurrent protection trip LED_Overcurrent_1 Overcurrent
2 Ground-fault protection trip LED_EarthFault_1 Ground-fault
3 Voltage protection trip LED_OverUnderVoltage_1 Over/under voltage
4 Negative sequence overcurrent LED_PhaseUnbalance_1 Phase unbalance
or phase discontinuity
protection trip
5 Thermal overload alarm LED_ThermalOverload_1 Thermal overload
6 Circuit breaker failure LED_BreakerFailure_1 Breaker failure
protection backup protection
trip
7 Disturbance recorder triggered LED_DisturbRecTriggered_1 Disturb. rec. triggered
8 Circuit breaker condition LED_CBConditionMonitoring_ CB condition monitoring
monitoring alarm 1
9 Supervision alarm LED_Supervision_1 Supervision
10 Arc flash detection LED_ArcDetected_1 Arc detected
11 Autoreclose in progress LED_AutorecloseInProgress_1 Autoreclose shot in progr.

REF615 ANSI 69
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.4.2.2 Default disturbance recorder settings

Table 19: Default disturbance recorder analog channels
Channel Description
1 IL1
2 IL2
3 IL3
4 Io
5 Uo
6 U1
7 U2
8 U3
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -

Table 20: Default disturbance recorder binary channels

70 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

REF615 ANSI 71
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.4.3 Functional diagrams

The signal marked with IA, IB and IC represents the three phase currents. The signal IG
represents the measured ground current.

The signal marked with VA, VB and VC represents the three phase voltages. The signal
VG represents the measured ground voltage.

Depending on the communication protocol the required function block needs to be

instantiated in the configuration.

72 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.4.3.1 Functional diagrams for protection

The functional diagrams describe the relay's protection functionality in detail and
according to the factory set default connections.

Four overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Three of
them include directional functionality DPHxPDOC_67/5xP. Three-phase non-directional
overcurrent protection, instantaneous stage, PHIPTOC1_50P-3 can be blocked by
energizing the binary input X120: BI1.

PHIPTOC1
X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING BLOCK TRIP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP
O:14|T:2.5|I:1

DPHHPDOC1
BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:16|T:5|I:1

DPHLPDOC1
BLOCK TRIP DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:17|T:5|I:1

DPHLPDOC2
BLOCK TRIP DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:48|T:5|I:2

OR6
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B1 O DPHxPDOC_TRIP
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B2
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:131|T:2.5|I:58
GUID-EDE3AC51-FC5F-4BCB-A1C1-EEA8AB7DA641 V1 EN

Figure 54: Overcurrent protection functions

The upstream blocking from the pickup of the second low stage of three-phase directional
overcurrent protection DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2 is connected to the binary output
X110:SO1. This output can be used for sending a blocking signal to the relevant
overcurrent protection stage of the relay at the infeeding bay.

REF615 ANSI 73
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP B1 O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:160|T:2.5|I:62

GUID-908E611F-601E-4D56-87FB-4B26D2609AA0 V1 EN

Figure 55: Upstream blocking logic

The output BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1_INR-1 enables either

blocking the function or multiplying the active settings for any of the available
overcurrent or ground-fault function blocks.

INRPHAR1
BLOCK BLK2H INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H
O:108|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-E08204A5-87A6-40CC-B6D3-C89231CD0286 V1 EN

Figure 56: Inrush detector function

Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1_46-1 and

NSPTOC2_46-2 are provided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to
protect the feeder against phase unbalance. Both the negative-sequence overcurrent
protections are blocked in case of detection in failure in secondary circuit of current
transformer.

NSPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP
O:49|T:5|I:1

NSPTOC2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP
O:50|T:5|I:2

OR
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O NSPTOC_TRIP
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2
O:149|T:2.5|I:19
GUID-E761F91D-D886-48A3-B4D4-740E94220DAB V1 EN

Figure 57: Negative-sequence overcurrent protection function

Three stages are provided for directional ground-fault protection DEFxPDEF_67/5xN.

One stage is provided for non-directional ground-fault protection EFHPTOC1_50G-1.
According to the relay's order code, the directional ground-fault protection method can be

74 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

based on conventional directional ground-fault DEFxPDEF_67/5xN only or alternatively

used together with admittance-based ground-fault protection EFPADM_21YN or
wattmetric-based ground-fault protection WPWDE_32N. A dedicated protection stage
INTRPTEF_67NIEF is used either for transient-based ground-fault protection or for cable
intermittent ground-fault protection in compensated networks. The binary input
X110:BI2 is intended for controlling directional ground-fault protection blocks' relay
characteristic angle (RCA: 0°, -90°) or operation mode (IoSinφ, IoCosφ) change. The
same input is also available for wattmetric protection.

DEFLPDEF1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP
X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL RCA_CTL
O:46|T:5|I:1

DEFLPDEF2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP
X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL RCA_CTL
O:23|T:5|I:2

DEFHPDEF1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP
X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL RCA_CTL
O:22|T:5|I:1

OR6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B1 O DEFxPDEF_TRIP
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:128|T:2.5|I:53

EFHPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP
O:36|T:5|I:1
GUID-821D6A7E-37FC-4EBD-9C87-168C138EA1E6 V1 EN

Figure 58: Non-directional ground-fault protection

REF615 ANSI 75
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

INTRPTEF1
BLOCK TRIP INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP
PICKUP INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP
BLK_EF
O:35|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-C45C44A5-CA08-4E6B-86E1-087A0BE8A64C V1 EN

Figure 59: Transient or intermittent ground-fault protection functions

WPWDE1
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP
X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP
O:45|T:5|I:1

WPWDE2
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP
X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP
O:24|T:5|I:2

WPWDE3
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP
X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP
O:21|T:5|I:3

OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B1 O WPWDE_TRIP
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:127|T:2.5|I:55
GUID-877620C9-C3BD-44EE-9528-4BE7942C1918 V1 EN

Figure 60: Wattmetric protection function

76 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

EFPADM1
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP
O:47|T:5|I:1

EFPADM2
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP
O:19|T:5|I:2

EFPADM3
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP
O:20|T:5|I:3

OR6
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B1 O EFPADM_TRIP
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:125|T:2.5|I:57
GUID-70662C28-1D88-4880-9980-52E13F85D11A V1 EN

Figure 61: Admittance-based ground-fault protection function

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1_46PD protects for interruptions in the

normal three-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations. The
function is blocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of voltage
transformer.

PDNSPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP
PICKUP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP
O:33|T:5|I:1
GUID-DC0123F0-F3C2-42C0-8CC5-8BD4B3AB65D2 V1 EN

Figure 62: Phase discontinuity protection

Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformers

T1PTTR1_49F-1 detects overloads under varying load conditions. The BLK_CLOSE
output of the function is used to block the closing operation of circuit breaker.

T1PTTR1
BLOCK TRIP T1PTTR1_49F-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP T1PTTR1_49F-1_PICKUP
AMB_TEMP ALARM T1PTTR1_49F-1_ALARM
BLK_CLOSE T1PTTR1_49F-1_BLK_CLOSE
O:70|T:5|I:1
GUID-891DC1E3-EEBB-42CD-8EB5-D7E5C94277B0 V1 EN

Figure 63: Thermal overcurrent protection function

REF615 ANSI 77
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B4 B4
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B5 B5 CCBRBRF1
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B6 B6
O:26|T:2.5|I:1 O:29|T:2.5|I:2 BLOCK CB_FAULT_AL
PICKUP TRBU CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE TRRET CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET
OR6 CB_FAULT
O:44|T:2.5|I:1
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B4
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6
O:27|T:2.5|I:0

GUID-A783E6FC-1967-44F0-8452-D9D913556E2B V1 EN

Figure 64: Circuit breaker failure protection function

Three arc protection stages ARCSARC-1…3_AFD-1...3 are included as an optional

The trip signals from ARCSARC-1…3_AFD-1...3 are connected to both trip logic
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2.

78 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

ARCSARC1
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:15|T:2.5|I:11

ARCSARC2
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:13|T:2.5|I:21

ARCSARC3
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:18|T:2.5|I:31

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:154|T:2.5|I:61
GUID-834F0CCE-C98A-4EBF-82D1-E33A3F5C4111 V1 EN

Figure 65: Arc protection

The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by trip signals from a

number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. It is possible to create
individual autoreclose sequences for each input.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with the
CB_READY input in DARREC1_79. This signal is not connected in the configuration.

The open command from the autorecloser is connected directly to binary output
X100:PO3, whereas the close command is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.

Set the parameters for DARREC1_79 properly.

REF615 ANSI 79
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Check the initialization signals of DARREC1_79.

DARREC1
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP INIT_1 OPEN_CB DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB
OR6 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP INIT_2 CLOSE_CB DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP INIT_3 CMD_WAIT
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B1 O INIT_4 INPRO DARREC1_79_INPRO
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2 INIT_5 LOCKED OUT
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3 INIT_6 PROT_CRD
B4 DEL_INIT_2 UNSUC_RECL DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL
B5 DEL_INIT_3 AR_ON
B6 DEL_INIT_4 READY
O:85|T:2.5|I:20 BLK_RECL_T ACTIVE
BLK_RCLM_T
BLK_THERM
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN CB_POS
OR6 CB_READY
INC_SHOTP
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O INHIBIT_RECL
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B2 RECL_ON
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3 SYNC
B4 O:87|T:2.5|I:1
B5
B6
O:84|T:2.5|I:21

OR6 OR
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O B1 O
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B2 B2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B3 O:86|T:2.5|I:10
CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED B4
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B5
B6
O:83|T:2.5|I:18

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:82|T:2.5|I:19

GUID-B80EA4DF-263B-43DF-9C48-03B458068EF7 V1 EN

Figure 66: Autoreclosing function

Three overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV_59 and PHPTUV_27

offer protection against abnormal phase voltage conditions. Positive-sequence
undervoltage protection PSPTUV_47U and negative-sequence overvoltage protection
NSPTOV_47 enable voltage-based unbalance protection. A failure in the voltage
measuring circuit is detected by the fuse failure function. The activation is connected to
block undervoltage protection functions and voltage based unbalance protection
functions to avoid faulty tripping.

80 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP
O:31|T:5|I:1

PHPTOV2
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP
O:32|T:5|I:2

PHPTOV3
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP
O:30|T:5|I:3

OR6
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTOV_TRIP
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:119|T:2.5|I:38
GUID-53771E3E-48CD-483E-98B4-1949E16F86EF V1 EN

Figure 67: Overvoltage protection function

REF615 ANSI 81
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTUV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP
O:40|T:5|I:1

PHPTUV2
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP
O:41|T:5|I:2

PHPTUV3
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP
O:39|T:5|I:3

OR6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTUV_TRIP
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:120|T:2.5|I:37

GUID-DDF13CF7-076D-4A12-87CB-9FDE302CF9D5 V1 EN

Figure 68: Undervoltage protection function

NSPTOV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP
PICKUP NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP
O:43|T:5|I:1
GUID-75D304B2-690F-4AE7-AB12-E5889805A85F V1 EN

Figure 69: Negative-sequence overvoltage protection function

PSPTUV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP
PICKUP PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP
O:42|T:5|I:1
GUID-85A0C79E-8B2B-4CCA-9EDB-DBB700216195 V1 EN

Figure 70: Positive-sequence undervoltage protection function

The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV_59G,59N provides ground-fault

protection by detecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example,
as a nonselective backup protection for the selective directional ground-fault
functionality.

82 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

ROVPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP
O:38|T:5|I:1

ROVPTOV2
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP
O:34|T:5|I:2

ROVPTOV3
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP
O:37|T:5|I:3

OR6
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B1 O ROVPTOV_TRIP
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B2
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:126|T:2.5|I:56
GUID-828B7133-2C33-4FF9-99E4-1A8A527B61A3 V1 EN

Figure 71: Residual voltage protection function

REF615 ANSI 83
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP B1 O B1 O
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP B2 B2 TPGAPC1
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP B3 B3
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP B4 B4 IN1 OUT1 GENERAL_PICKUP_PULSE
NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP B5 B5 IN2 OUT2 GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP B6 B6 O:148|T:2.5|I:1
O:141|T:2.5|I:44 O:147|T:2.5|I:51
OR6 OR6
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B1 O B1 O
OR6 DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B2 B2
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B3 B3
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP B1 O NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B4 B4
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP B2 NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B5 B5
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP B3 PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B6 B6
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP B4 O:139|T:2.5|I:46 O:146|T:2.5|I:52
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP B5
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP B6
O:143|T:2.5|I:42
OR6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B1 O
OR6 DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B3
PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP B1 O INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B4
PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP B2 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B5
PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP B3 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B6
PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP B4 O:137|T:2.5|I:48
NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP B5
PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP B6
O:142|T:2.5|I:43
OR6
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B1 O
OR6 EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B3
PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP B1 O ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B4
PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP B2 ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B5
ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP B3 ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B6
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP B4 O:136|T:2.5|I:49
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP B5
B6
O:145|T:2.5|I:40
OR6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O
OR6 PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3
EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP B1 O NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B4
EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP B2 PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP B3 PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B6
WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP B4 O:135|T:2.5|I:50
WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP B5
WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP B6
O:144|T:2.5|I:41
OR6
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B2
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B3
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B4
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B5
B6
O:140|T:2.5|I:45

OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B1 O
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:138|T:2.5|I:47

GUID-8252E9D6-13F1-483E-95F2-1892CAE9F937 V1 EN

Figure 72: General pickup and trip signals

Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3...5_86/94-3…5 are also available if the relay is
ordered with high speed binary outputs options.

84 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B2 B2
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B3 B3
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC1
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
O:57|T:2.5|I:8 O:65|T:2.5|I:15 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP
TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:69|T:2.5|I:1
OR6
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B2
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B3
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B4
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6
O:61|T:2.5|I:4

OR6
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B2
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B3
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B4
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B5
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B6
O:58|T:2.5|I:7

OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B1 O
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B4
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B5
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B6
O:59|T:2.5|I:6

OR6
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B4
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B5
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B6
O:62|T:2.5|I:3

OR6
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B1 O
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:60|T:2.5|I:5

GUID-BA78851E-C735-41FF-8B14-2A34C42F1634 V1 EN

Figure 73: Trip logic TRPPTRC1

REF615 ANSI 85
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B2 B2
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B3 B3
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
O:56|T:2.5|I:10 O:64|T:2.5|I:16 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:68|T:2.5|I:2
OR6
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B2
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B3
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B4
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6
O:55|T:2.5|I:11

OR6
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B2
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B3
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B4
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B5
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B6
O:52|T:2.5|I:14

OR6
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B1 O
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET B2
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B3
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B4
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B5
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B6
O:54|T:2.5|I:12

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B4
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B5
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B6
O:53|T:2.5|I:13

OR6
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:51|T:2.5|I:9
GUID-279968B2-DDD7-4155-9CA1-B834394ADFAD V1 EN

Figure 74: Trip logic TRPPTRC2

86 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

TRPPTRC3
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:159|T:2.5|I:3

TRPPTRC4
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:157|T:2.5|I:4

TRPPTRC5
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:158|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-04AD7438-DB0B-47BD-A3D2-C214E27B0799 V1 EN

Figure 75: Trip logic TRPPTRC3/4/5

3.4.3.2 Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder

REF615 ANSI 87
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP B1 O
EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP B2
WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP B3
OR6 B4 RDRE1
B5
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B6 DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP C1 TRIGGERED DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 O:100|T:2.5|I:31 DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP C2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP C3
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP C4
B5 NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP C5
B6 OR6 NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP C6
O:99|T:2.5|I:32 C7
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP B1 O C8
EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP B2 C9
WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP B3 INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP C10
OR B4 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP C11
B5 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP C12
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O B6 T1PTTR1_49F-1_PICKUP C13
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2 O:103|T:2.5|I:28 PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP C14
O:107|T:2.5|I:13 PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP C15
PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP C16
PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP C17
OR6 NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP C18
OR6 PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP C19
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP B1 O PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP C20
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP B2 PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP C21
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B2 WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP B3 ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP C22
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B3 B4 ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP C23
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B4 B5 ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP C24
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5 B6 CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET C25
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6 O:101|T:2.5|I:30 CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU C26
O:95|T:2.5|I:26 OR C27
C28
B1 O C29
B2 INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP C30
OR6 O:106|T:2.5|I:14 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP C31
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP C32
B1 O OR6 INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H C33
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B2 T1PTTR1_49F-1_TRIP C34
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3 PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O C35
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B4 PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2 C36
B5 PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3 C37
B6 B4 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH C38
O:96|T:2.5|I:25 B5 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U C39
B6 CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL C40
O:102|T:2.5|I:29 X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING C41
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED C42
OR6 X120_BI3_CB_OPEN C43
C44
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B1 O OR6 C45
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B2 ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP C46
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B3 PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP C47
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B4 PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2 ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP C48
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B5 PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3 DARREC1_79_INPRO C49
B6 B4 C50
O:97|T:2.5|I:34 B5 C51
B6 C52
O:98|T:2.5|I:33 C53
C54
OR C55
C56
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B1 O OR6 C57
DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL B2 C58
O:105|T:2.5|I:15 ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET B1 O C59
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET B2 C60
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET B3 C61
B4 C62
B5 C63
B6 C64
O:104|T:2.5|I:27 O:109|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-ED521051-619C-4989-BCB1-912D93FE6DFE V1 EN

Figure 76: Disturbance recorder

3.4.3.3 Functional diagrams for condition monitoring

Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1_CCM. When a failure is

detected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that are measuring the
calculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessary
operation.

CCSPVC1
BLOCK FAIL CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL
ALARM CCSPVC1_CCM_ALARM
O:12|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-7A4CB2BA-1B57-44CD-9F51-5F73A36FFA52 V1 EN

Figure 77: Current circuit supervision function

The fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1_60-1 detects failures in the voltage

measurement circuits. Failures, such as an open MCB, raise an alarm.

88 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

SEQSPVC1
BLOCK FUSEF_3PH SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED CB_CLOSED FUSEF_V SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U
DISCON_OPEN
X110_BI1_MCB_OPEN MINCB_OPEN
O:28|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-5B3039E4-0E32-40F3-A0BB-F358206E44F0 V1 EN

Figure 78: Fuse failure supervision function

Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR1_52CM-1 supervises the switch status

based on the connected binary input information and the measured current levels.
SSCBR1_52CM-1 introduces various supervision methods.

Set the parameters for SSCBR1_52CM-1 properly.

SSCBR1
BLOCK TRV_T_OP_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN TRV_T_CL_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE SPR_CHR_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM
CB_OPEN_COMMAND OPEN_CB_EXE OPR_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM
CB_CLOSE_COMMAND CLOSE_CB_EXE OPR_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO
PRES_ALM_IN IPOW_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM
PRES_LO_IN IPOW_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO
SPR_CHR_ST CB_LIFE_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_CB_LIFE_ALM
SPR_CHR MON_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM
RST_IPOW PRES_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM
RST_CB_WEAR PRES_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO
RST_TRV_T OPENPOS
RST_SPR_T INVALIDPOS
CLOSEPOS
O:90|T:5|I:1
GUID-2ACB76D8-D894-4B01-BAC4-C11817D98201 V1 EN

Figure 79: Circuit-breaker condition monitoring function

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO B5 OR
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM B6
O:91|T:2.5|I:24 B1 O SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS
B2
O:93|T:2.5|I:12

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_CB_LIFE_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO B5
B6
O:92|T:2.5|I:23

GUID-DE2C5247-1CB4-4417-9A13-8854E815A237 V1 EN

Figure 80: Logic for circuit breaker monitoring alarm

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1_TCM-1 for
power output X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2_TCM-2 for power output X100:PO4. Both the

REF615 ANSI 89
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

functions are blocked by the master trips TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2

and the circuit breaker open signal.

It is assumed that there is no external resistor in the circuit breaker tripping

coil circuit connected in parallel with the circuit breaker normally open
auxiliary contact.

TCSSCBR1
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM
O:113|T:5|I:1

TCSSCBR2
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR2_TCM-2_ALARM
O:114|T:5|I:2

OR
TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM B1 O TCSSCBR_ALARM
TCSSCBR2_TCM-2_ALARM B2
O:115|T:2.5|I:16
GUID-2A1FB8E2-51CC-461D-B04D-8A2893C8F381 V1 EN

Figure 81: Trip circuit supervision function

OR6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B1 O TCSSCBR_BLOCKING
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP B2
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN B3
B4
B5
B6
O:112|T:2.5|I:35
GUID-A43E0483-878F-4B65-A336-0794F43E61CC V1 EN

Figure 82: Logic for blocking of trip circuit supervision

3.4.3.4 Functional diagrams for control and interlocking

90 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

CBXCBR1
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN SELECTED CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE EXE_OP CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP
TRUE ENA_OPEN EXE_CL CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL
CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE ENA_CLOSE OP_REQ
FALSE BLK_OPEN CL_REQ
CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE BLK_CLOSE OPENPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN AU_OPEN CLOSEPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE AU_CLOSE OKPOS
TRIP OPEN_ENAD
SYNC_OK CLOSE_ENAD
SYNC_ITL_BYP
O:81|T:5|I:1
GUID-F0EE29F3-8214-4968-97C0-A0B5C4531D24 V1 EN

Figure 83: Circuit breaker control logic: Circuit breaker 1

OR
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL B1 O CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B2
O:89|T:2.5|I:11
GUID-CC488E8F-AD35-4514-9168-960BF7A8C8C2 V1 EN

Figure 84: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the closing coil of circuit breaker
1

OR6
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP B1 O CB_OPEN_COMMAND
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B2
DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB B3
B4
B5
B6
O:88|T:2.5|I:22
GUID-1B47925D-F420-4804-999B-35E9D60345CD V1 EN

Figure 85: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the opening coil of circuit breaker
1

NOT AND6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP IN OUT B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE
O:76|T:2.5|I:1 B2
B3
B4
B5
NOT B6
O:80|T:2.5|I:0
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP IN OUT
O:75|T:2.5|I:2

GUID-CDD7F80B-97EC-44FB-AF4A-E84E3FDBA84E V1 EN

Figure 86: Circuit breaker close enable logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating circuit breaker external closing and
opening command with the relay in local or remote mode.

Check the logic for the external circuit breaker closing command and
modify it according to the application.

REF615 ANSI 91
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:73|T:2.5|I:1 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE
B2
AND O:79|T:2.5|I:8
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:74|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-5D9126C5-2EAE-4467-A7C5-A8D07F935041 V1 EN

Figure 87: External closing command for circuit breaker

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:71|T:2.5|I:3 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN
B2
AND O:78|T:2.5|I:9
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:72|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-ED6A0BD0-7C1E-4E0A-8F86-0035674A811B V1 EN

Figure 88: External opening command for circuit breaker

OR6
T1PTTR1_49F-1_BLK_CLOSE B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:77|T:2.5|I:17
GUID-ECD8A66A-FFCA-4CD3-AA3E-E17954B9DB5F V1 EN

Figure 89: Circuit breaker 1 close blocking logic

3.4.3.5 Functional diagrams for measurement functions

The three-phase bus side phase voltage inputs to the relay are measured by three-phase
voltage measurement VMMXU1. The voltage input is connected to the X130 card in the
back panel. The sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence
voltage and the residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residual
voltage.

92 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

The frequency measurement FMMXU1 of the power system and the three-phase power
and energy measurement PEMMXU1 are available. Load profile record LDPRLRC1 is
included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1 offers the ability to observe the loading
history of the corresponding feeder.

CMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:167|T:5|I:1
GUID-555CF15B-E63F-4255-8A9C-56A40B55B637 V1 EN

Figure 90: Three-phase current measurement

CSMSQI1
O:164|T:5|I:1

GUID-0320BC79-07E5-4801-B7D9-E2368BDAA20E V1 EN

Figure 91: Sequence current measurements

RESCMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
O:169|T:5|I:1
GUID-C64219A5-3141-4198-875A-14DE3D413AA8 V1 EN

Figure 92: Ground current measurements

VMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:9|T:5|I:1
GUID-BC1AC3EC-B164-4AA0-8DC2-5B006FF790BE V1 EN

Figure 93: Three-phase voltage measurement

VSMSQI1
O:163|T:5|I:1

GUID-96F5FDA2-3854-47B8-B49C-BF095963B8DE V1 EN

Figure 94: Sequence voltage measurements

REF615 ANSI 93
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

RESVMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
O:166|T:5|I:1
GUID-E42BDCEE-D8CD-4FAA-8491-0F8E03B8633F V1 EN

Figure 95: Ground voltage measurements

FMMXU1
O:181|T:5|I:1

GUID-7FF0F769-D5D5-4FE3-A073-2458F4574262 V1 EN

Figure 96: Frequency measurement

PEMMXU1
RSTACM
O:173|T:5|I:1

GUID-2FEDC715-BBDB-48D6-8C58-FCC9415D1790 V1 EN

Figure 97: Three-phase power and energy measurement

FLTRFRC1
BLOCK
CB_CLRD
O:7|T:2.5|I:1

LDPRLRC1
RSTMEM MEM_WARN
MEM_ALARM
O:171|T:5|I:1
GUID-593AA65E-E848-4EDC-8A33-89ACCE514593 V1 EN

Figure 98: Data monitoring and load profile record

3.4.3.6 Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 1
OR
B1 O X110_BI1_MCB_OPEN
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 1 O:25|T:2.5|I:1

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 2
OR
B1 O X110_BI2_RCA_CONTROL
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 2 O:11|T:2.5|I:0

GUID-61BCAD2B-3A68-4AF2-8B15-A279CA660180 V1 EN

Figure 99: Default binary inputs - X110

94 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO1

TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO1

OC_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO2

TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO2

EF_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO3

TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO3

VOLTAGE_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO4
GUID-A4E214C2-9D45-4832-9851-331F7AB44DBE V1 EN

Figure 100: Default binary outputs - X110

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO1

CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO2

GENERAL_PICKUP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO1

GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO2

CB_OPEN_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO3

TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO4
GUID-D8CF114E-9D8B-4D4A-986A-D050277F2C8F V1 EN

Figure 101: Default binary outputs - X100

REF615 ANSI 95
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 1

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 2

X120_BI3_CB_OPEN
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 3

X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 4
GUID-C88EA342-AD0C-44DE-B466-A89007EA5B6C V1 EN

Figure 102: Default binary inputs - X120

LED6
LED1
OR OK
OK CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU ALARM
DPHxPDOC_TRIP B1 O ALARM RESET
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B2 RESET O:118|T:2.5|I:6
O:152|T:2.5|I:17 O:153|T:2.5|I:1

LED7
LED2
OR6 OK
OK DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED ALARM
ROVPTOV_TRIP B1 O ALARM RESET
EFPADM_TRIP B2 RESET O:110|T:2.5|I:7
WPWDE_TRIP B3 O:130|T:2.5|I:2
DEFxPDEF_TRIP B4
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B5
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B6 LED8
O:129|T:2.5|I:60
OK
SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS ALARM
LED3 RESET
OR6 O:94|T:2.5|I:8
OK
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B2 RESET
PHPTOV_TRIP B3 O:124|T:2.5|I:3 LED9
PHPTUV_TRIP B4 OR6
B5 OK
B6 TCSSCBR_ALARM B1 O ALARM
O:123|T:2.5|I:39 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH B2 RESET
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U B3 O:117|T:2.5|I:9
CCSPVC1_CCM_ALARM B4
LED4 B5
OR B6
OK O:116|T:2.5|I:36 LED10
NSPTOC_TRIP B1 O ALARM
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B2 RESET OK
O:150|T:2.5|I:20 O:151|T:2.5|I:4 ARCSARC_TRIP ALARM
RESET
O:155|T:2.5|I:10

LED5
OK LED11
T1PTTR1_49F-1_ALARM ALARM
RESET OK
O:156|T:2.5|I:5 DARREC1_79_INPRO ALARM
RESET
O:111|T:2.5|I:11

GUID-6DDFE3DF-13FF-4243-8E13-80432DF1BD02 V1 EN

Figure 103: Default LED connection

96 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.4.3.7 Functional diagrams for other functions

NOT Protection
IN OUT TRUE BI_SG_2 SG_LOGIC_SEL
O:63|T:2.5|I:0 BI_SG_3 SG_1_ACT
BI_SG_4 SG_2_ACT
BI_SG_5 SG_3_ACT
BI_SG_6 SG_4_ACT
SG_5_ACT
NOT SG_6_ACT
BEH_TEST
TRUE IN OUT FALSE BEH_BLK
O:66|T:2.5|I:4 O:161|T:2.5|I:0

Control
CTRL_OFF OFF
CTRL_LOC LOCAL CONTROL_LOCAL
CTRL_STA STATION
CTRL_REM REMOTE CONTROL_REMOTE
CTRL_ALL ALL
BEH_TEST
BEH_BLK
O:67|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-3B50DC95-CE59-4615-9271-756C88EF287C V1 EN

Figure 104: Functions for general logic states TRUE and FALSE, protection setting
group selection and local and remote control

3.4.3.8 Functional diagrams for other timer logics

The configuration also includes the overcurrent trip and ground-fault trip logic.

The trip logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC2 for setting the
minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC2 is connected to binary
outputs.

REF615 ANSI 97
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR TPGAPC2
DPHxPDOC_TRIP B1 O IN1 OUT1 OC_TRIP_PULSE
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B2 IN2 OUT2 EF_TRIP_PULSE
O:133|T:2.5|I:18 O:134|T:2.5|I:2

OR6
DEFxPDEF_TRIP B1 O
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B2
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B3
EFPADM_TRIP B4
ROVPTOV_TRIP B5
WPWDE_TRIP B6
O:132|T:2.5|I:59

GUID-623E9E39-F79A-4FC1-AD64-2AEDB59951C3 V1 EN

Figure 105: Timer logic for overcurrent and ground-fault trip pulse

OR6 TPGAPC3
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B1 O IN1 OUT1 VOLTAGE_TRIP_PULSE
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B2 IN2 OUT2
PHPTUV_TRIP B3 O:122|T:2.5|I:3
PHPTOV_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:121|T:2.5|I:54

GUID-2BE45503-12E9-42F1-90BB-9773A34161E6 V1 EN

Figure 106: Timer logic for voltage trip pulse

TONGAPC1 TOFGAPC1
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:172|T:2.5|I:1 O:174|T:2.5|I:1

TONGAPC2 TOFGAPC2
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:179|T:2.5|I:2 O:176|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-5F98BC83-8394-4CF8-8BAA-374A5490E827 V1 EN

Figure 107: Programmable timers

98 REF615 ANSI
Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.4.3.9 Functional diagrams for communication

MBSLPRT1 DNPLPRT1
Status Status
O:186|T:2.5|I:1 O:8|T:2.5|I:1

SCHLCCH1 SCHLCCH2 SCHLCCH3

CH1LIV CH2LIV CH3LIV
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV LNK3LIV
O:4|T:2.5|I:1 O:10|T:2.5|I:2 O:183|T:2.5|I:3

SERLCCH1 SERLCCH2 RCHLCCH1

CH1LIV CH2LIV CHLIV_A
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV REDCHLIV_B
O:177|T:2.5|I:1 O:162|T:2.5|I:2 LNKLIV_A
REDLNKLIV_B
O:5|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-EF662B2F-F4DC-4EFC-BDEB-7EB6B954C02F V1 EN

Figure 108: Default communication function connection

3.5 Standard configuration L

3.5.1 Applications
The standard configuration for directional overcurrent and directional ground-fault
protection with phase voltage-based measurements, undervoltage and overvoltage
protection, frequency protection and measurement functions is mainly intended for cable
and overhead-line feeder applications in isolated or resonant-grounded distribution
networks. The configuration also includes additional options for selecting ground-fault
protection based on admittance, wattmetric or harmonic-based principles.

Standard configuration L provides the highest functionality level of REF615 standard

configurations supporting sensor inputs. Standard configuration L is delivered
preconfigured with directional overcurrent protection but it also supports non-directional
overcurrent protection as well as directional overpower. Depending on the specific feeder
application, the appropriate functionality can be selected and an own configuration

REF615 ANSI 99
Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

created with the Application Configuration tool in PCM600. Standard configuration L is

not designed for using all the available functionality content in one protection relay at the
same time. To ensure the performance of the protection relay, the user specific
configuration load is verified with the Application Configuration tool of PCM600.

3.5.2 Functions

Va, Vb, Vc

REF615 V5.0 FP1 ANSI Func Appl L

3I
50P-3 51P-1 46-1 46-2 46PD 49F-1 INR-1 27-1

32Q- 50
32U-1 32U-2 51P-2 50P-1 50P-2
279 BF-1 27-2 78V-19

32R/ 32R/ 67/ 67/ 67/ 67/

27-3 59-1
32O-1 32O-2 51P-1 51P-2 50P-1 50P-2

67/ 67/ 67/ 67/

51N-1 47-1 59-2
51N-1 51N-2 50N-1 50N-2

59-3
47-2
50N-1 50N-2 50N-3

81-1
47U-1
21YN- 21YN- 21YN-
67NIEF 51G 11 21 31
81-2
47U-2
52 51NHA3 32N-32 32N-22 32N-12

60-1 81-3

67YN-
50G-1 50G-2
c
50G-3
1
81-6 81-4

7 7
27R-1 25
81-5
AFD- AFD- AFD- 27RT-
14 24 34 19
795 386
1
Available with Admittance-based earth fault option 27RT-
2
Available with Wattmetric-based earth fault option 29
3 3
Available with Harmonic-based earth fault option 21FL- 59N-1
4
Available with Arc Flash Detection(AFD) option 18
5 27RT-
Available with Reclosing option
6
Available with RTD option 39
7
Available with IEC 61850-9-2LE option 59N-2
8
Available with Fault locator option
9
Available with interconnection option

59G

GUID-F1CB1DF2-9417-4121-BF2B-78A35A9AE94B V1 EN

Figure 109: Functionality overview for standard configuration L

3.5.2.1 Default I/O connections

Table 21: Default connections for analog inputs
Analog input Description Connector pins
IA Phase A current X131:4-5
IB Phase B current X132:4-5
IC Phase C current X133:4-5
IG Residual current IG X130:1-2
Table continues on next page

100 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Analog input Description Connector pins

VA Phase voltage VA X131:7-8
VB Phase voltage VB X132:7-8
VC Phase voltage VC X133:7-8

Table 22: Default connections for binary inputs

Binary input Description Connector pins
X110-BI1 - X110:1-2 / X110:1-2
X110-BI2 - X110:3-4 / X110:1-3
X110-BI3 Circuit breaker open position indication X110:5-6 / X110:1-4
X110-BI4 Circuit breaker closed position indication X110:7-6 / X110:1-5
X110-BI5 - X110:8-9 / X110:6-7
X110-BI6 - X110:10-9 / X110:6-8
X110-BI7 - X110:11-12 / X110:6-9
X110-BI8 - X110:13-12 / X110:6-10

Table 23: Default connections for binary outputs

REF615 ANSI 101

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Table 24: Default connections for LEDs

LED Default usage ID Label description
1 Circuit breaker close enabled LED_CBcloseenabled_1 CB close enabled
2 Overcurrent protection trip LED_Overcurrent_1 Overcurrent
3 Ground-fault protection trip LED_EarthFault_1 Ground-fault
4 Current unbalance protection LED_PhaseUnbalance_1 Phase unbalance
trip
5 Sequence voltage protection LED_NPSOrPPSvoltage_1 Sequence voltage
trip
6 Overvoltage or residual LED_OVorResidualVoltage_1 OV / Residual voltage
overvoltage protection trip
7 Thermal overload alarm LED_ThermalOverload_1 Thermal overload
8 Undervoltage or frequency LED_UVorFrequency_1 UV / Frequency
protection trip
9 Supervision alarm LED_Supervision_1 Supervision
10 Circuit breaker condition LED_CBConditionMonitoring_ CB condition monitoring
monitoring alarm 1
11 - - -

3.5.2.2 Default disturbance recorder settings

Table 25: Default disturbance recorder analog channels
Channel Description
1 IL1
2 IL2
3 IL3
4 Io
5 U1
6 U2
7 U3
8 -
9 -
10 -
11 -
12 -

102 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

REF615 ANSI 103

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.5.3 Functional diagrams

104 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

The phase currents to the protection relay are fed from Rogowski or Combi sensors. The
residual current to the protection relay is fed from either residually connected CTs, an
external core balance CT, neutral CT or calculated internally.

The phase voltages to the protection relay are fed from Combi sensors. The residual
voltage is calculated internally.

The signal marked with IA, IB and IC represents the three phase currents. The signal IG
represents the measured ground current.

The signal marked with VA, VB and VC represents the three phase voltages.

Depending on the communication protocol the required function block needs to be

instantiated in the configuration.

3.5.3.1 Functional diagrams for protection

The functional diagrams describe the relay's protection functionality in detail and
according to the factory set default connections.

Five overcurrent stages are offered for overcurrent and short-circuit protection. Three of
them include directional functionality DPHxPDOC_5xP-1/2.

REF615 ANSI 105

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

PHIPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP
O:25|T:2.5|I:1

DPHHPDOC1
BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:27|T:5|I:1

DPHHPDOC2
BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:14|T:5|I:2

DPHLPDOC1
BLOCK TRIP DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:28|T:5|I:1

DPHLPDOC2
BLOCK TRIP DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:53|T:5|I:2

OR6
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B1 O DPHxPDOC_TRIP
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B2
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B3
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:126|T:2.5|I:61
GUID-995E6CBC-4321-4828-8B68-1D7C3EC3DD02 V1 EN

Figure 110: Overcurrent protection functions

The upstream blocking from the pickup of the second low stage of three-phase directional
overcurrent protection DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2 is connected to the binary output. This
signal is not connected in the configuration. This output can be used for sending a blocking
signal to the relevant overcurrent protection stage of the relay at the infeeding bay.

106 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP B1 O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:151|T:2.5|I:65

GUID-ED03DF9D-6486-4D57-81B2-C7CFCCB7FC31 V1 EN

Figure 111: Upstream blocking logic

The output BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1_INR-1 enables either

blocking the function or multiplying the active settings for any of the available
overcurrent or ground-fault function blocks.

INRPHAR1
BLOCK BLK2H INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H
O:107|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-877B89DE-CBF8-4976-8121-4F5AAB01111B V1 EN

Figure 112: Inrush detector function

Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1_46-1 and

NSPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP
O:24|T:5|I:1
O:54|T:5|I:1

NSPTOC2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP
O:25|T:5|I:2
O:55|T:5|I:2
GUID-CB92D4CF-F779-45BE-A753-26A71FBF9556 V1 EN

Figure 113: Negative-sequence overcurrent protection function

Four stages are provided for non-directional ground-fault protection EFHPTOC1….

4_50G-1/2, 50N-1/2. Three stages are provided for directional ground-fault protection.
According to the relay's order code, the directional ground-fault protection method can be
based on conventional directional ground-fault DEFxPDEF_67/51N-1/2, 67/50N-1/2,
only or alternatively used together with admittance-based ground-fault protection
EFPADM_21YN or wattmetric-based ground-fault protection WPWDE_32N. A
dedicated protection stage INTRPTEF_67NIEF is used either for transient-based ground-
fault protection or for cable intermittent ground-fault protection in compensated
networks.

REF615 ANSI 107

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

EFHPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP
O:13|T:5|I:1

EFHPTOC2
BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC2_50G-2_PICKUP
O:16|T:5|I:2

EFHPTOC3
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC3_50N-1_PICKUP
O:15|T:5|I:3

EFHPTOC4
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC4_50N-2_PICKUP
O:17|T:5|I:4

OR6
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O EFxPTOC_TRIP
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B2
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B3
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:130|T:2.5|I:9
GUID-320A6916-976B-470D-BEA1-A41EEFD19FF2 V1 EN

Figure 114: Ground fault protection function

108 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

DEFLPDEF1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:49|T:5|I:1

DEFLPDEF2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:22|T:5|I:2

DEFHPDEF1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:21|T:5|I:1

DEFHPDEF2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:12|T:5|I:2

OR6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B1 O DEFxPDEF_TRIP
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B3
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:124|T:2.5|I:55
GUID-9CF9D7D0-6762-453C-8A7C-72C01E77B30A V1 EN

Figure 115: Directional Ground fault protection function

INTRPTEF1
BLOCK TRIP INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP
PICKUP INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP
BLK_EF
O:47|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-9FD9A2CC-49A8-48FB-B4E5-2D8FCB32F929 V1 EN

Figure 116: Transient or intermittent ground-fault protection functions

REF615 ANSI 109

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

WPWDE1
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP
RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP
O:52|T:5|I:1

WPWDE2
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP
RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP
O:23|T:5|I:2

WPWDE3
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP
RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP
O:20|T:5|I:3

OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B1 O WPWDE_TRIP
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:125|T:2.5|I:54
GUID-22FAEF07-9FBA-4532-90AE-A33D7F80585D V1 EN

Figure 117: Wattmetric protection function

110 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

EFPADM1
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP
O:51|T:5|I:1

EFPADM2
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP
O:18|T:5|I:2

EFPADM3
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP
O:19|T:5|I:3

OR6
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B1 O EFPADM_TRIP
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:123|T:2.5|I:56
GUID-774F99EE-223C-4A4E-9B2B-EED1A1CCA381 V1 EN

Figure 118: Admittance-based ground-fault protection function

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1_46PD protects for interruptions in the

normal three-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations. The
function is blocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of voltage
transformer.

PDNSPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP
PICKUP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP
O:36|T:5|I:1
GUID-42E0E6F1-17A3-4B6C-9A82-DF6A224E0120 V1 EN

Figure 119: Phase discontinuity protection

Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformers

T1PTTR1_49F-1 detects overloads under varying load conditions. The BLK_CLOSE
output of the function is used to block the closing operation of circuit breaker.

T1PTTR1
BLOCK TRIP T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP T1PTTR1_49F_PICKUP
AMB_TEMP ALARM T1PTTR1_49F_ALARM
BLK_CLOSE T1PTTR1_49F_BLK_CLOSE
O:37|T:5|I:1
GUID-2EF3F93A-0087-4039-BFAA-B3678F99687B V1 EN

Figure 120: Thermal overcurrent protection function

REF615 ANSI 111

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1_50BF-1 is initiated via the PICKUP input
by a number of different protection functions available in the relay. The breaker failure
protection function offers different operating modes associated with the circuit breaker
position and the measured phase and residual currents.

The circuit breaker failure protection function has two operating outputs: TRRET and
TRBU. The TRRET trip output is used for retripping its own breaker through
TRPPTRC2_TRIP. The same TRRET output is also connected to the binary output
X100:PO4.

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B4 B4
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B5 B5 CCBRBRF1
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B6 B6
O:33|T:2.5|I:0 O:35|T:2.5|I:2 BLOCK CB_FAULT_AL
PICKUP TRBU CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE TRRET CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET
CB_FAULT
OR6 O:56|T:2.5|I:1
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B4
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6
O:32|T:2.5|I:1

OR6
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B2
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B3
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B4
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B5
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B6
O:31|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-D0CD6920-6F64-455F-89A9-2CED022A7510 V1 EN

Figure 121: Circuit breaker failure protection function

Three arc protection stages ARCSARC1...3_AFD-1…3 are included as an optional

The trip signals from ARCSARC1...3_AFD-1…3 are connected to both trip logic
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2. If the relay has been ordered with high-
speed binary outputs, the individual trip signals from ARCSARC1...3_AFD-1…3 are
connected to dedicated trip logic TRPPTRC3...5_ 86/94-3…5. The output of
TRPPTRC3...5_ 86/94-3…5 is available at high-speed outputs X110:HSO1, X110:HSO2
and X110:HSO3.

112 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

ARCSARC1
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:26|T:2.5|I:11

ARCSARC2
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:24|T:2.5|I:21

ARCSARC3
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:29|T:2.5|I:31

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:80|T:2.5|I:18
GUID-BC3586CA-9AA7-4B5A-8FD2-5A9FB63D3775 V1 EN

Figure 122: Arc protection

The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by trip signals from a

number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. It is possible to create
individual autoreclose sequences for each input.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with the
CB_READY input in DARREC1_79. The signal, and other required signals, are connected
to the CB spring charged binary inputs in this configuration. The open command from the
autorecloser is connected directly to binary output X100:PO3, whereas the close
command is connected directly to the binary output X100:PO2.

Set the parameters for DARREC1_79 properly.

REF615 ANSI 113

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Check the initialization signals of DARREC1_79.

DARREC1
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP INIT_1 OPEN_CB DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB
OR6 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP INIT_2 CLOSE_CB DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP INIT_3 CMD_WAIT
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B1 O INIT_4 INPRO DARREC1_79_INPRO
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2 INIT_5 LOCKED OUT
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3 INIT_6 PROT_CRD
B4 DEL_INIT_2 UNSUC_RECL DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL
B5 DEL_INIT_3 AR_ON
B6 DEL_INIT_4 READY
O:81|T:2.5|I:21 BLK_RECL_T ACTIVE
BLK_RCLM_T
BLK_THERM
X110_BI3_CB_OPEN CB_POS
OR6 CBXCBR1_52-1_CLOSE_ENAD CB_READY
INC_SHOTP
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O INHIBIT_RECL
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B2 RECL_ON
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3 SYNC
B4 O:84|T:2.5|I:1
B5
B6
O:82|T:2.5|I:20

OR6
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B3
CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED B4
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B5
ARCSARC_TRIP B6
O:83|T:2.5|I:19
GUID-546CA3F6-573C-4D0A-8023-C7EB2EC52553 V1 EN

Figure 123: Autoreclosing function

Three overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV_59 and PHPTUV_27

114 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP
O:40|T:5|I:1

PHPTOV2
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP
O:44|T:5|I:2

PHPTOV3
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP
O:38|T:5|I:3

OR6
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTOV_TRIP
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:117|T:2.5|I:58
GUID-C8E495A1-1BEF-4349-AAA3-01547967E827 V1 EN

Figure 124: Overvoltage protection function

REF615 ANSI 115

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTUV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP
O:43|T:5|I:1

PHPTUV2
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP
O:45|T:5|I:2

PHPTUV3
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP
O:42|T:5|I:3

OR6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTUV_TRIP
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:120|T:2.5|I:39
GUID-64A8B59A-69CF-4D91-8838-ED8CA522C794 V1 EN

Figure 125: Undervoltage protection function

NSPTOV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP
PICKUP NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP
O:41|T:5|I:1
GUID-06A5B945-B764-4E65-9504-EF656413C56D V1 EN

Figure 126: Negative-sequence overvoltage protection function

PSPTUV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP
PICKUP PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP
O:39|T:5|I:1

GUID-9BE2998B-060E-46EB-91CA-B295578D6DDD V1 EN

Figure 127: Positive-sequence undervoltage protection function

The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV_59G,59N-1/2 provides ground-fault

protection by detecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example,
as a nonselective backup protection for the selective directional ground-fault
functionality.

116 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

ROVPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP
O:50|T:5|I:1

ROVPTOV2
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP
O:46|T:5|I:2

ROVPTOV3
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP
O:48|T:5|I:3

OR6
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B1 O ROVPTOV_TRIP
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B2
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:116|T:2.5|I:60
GUID-BF21470C-A5D6-4B50-9955-F9BF3A43FD7A V1 EN

Figure 128: Residual voltage protection function

The MSVPR1_27R-1 function is used to monitor the remanent voltage over a decaying
frequency after power supply is lost, before allowing connection of backup power. It
provides a permissive signal indicating when connecting of backup power can be
completed safely.

MSVPR1
BLOCK U_LOW MSVPR1_27R-1_U_LOW
O:94|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-58186369-0E59-4DFB-B73E-4A5DC4A62FF4 V1 EN

Figure 129: Three-phase remnant undervoltage protection function

General pickup and trip signals from all functions are connected to minimum pulse timer
TPGAPC1 for setting the minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from
TPGAPC1 can be connected to binary outputs. However, these are not connected in the
configuration.

If a new protection function block is added to the configuration, check the

activation logic and add connections.

REF615 ANSI 117

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR20
OR20 OR6 TPGAPC1
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP B2 PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O IN1 OUT1 GENERAL_PICKUP_PULSE
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP B3 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2 IN2 OUT2 GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP B4 DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3 O:139|T:2.5|I:1
NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP B5 DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP B6 NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP B7 NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP B8 DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B7 O:137|T:2.5|I:53
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP B9 DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B8
EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP B10 DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B9
EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP B11 EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B10
EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP B12 EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B11 OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP B13 EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B12
WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP B14 WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B13 B1 O
WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP B15 WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B14 B2
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP B16 WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B15 B3
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP B17 INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B16 B4
ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP B18 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B17 B5
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP B19 ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B18 B6
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP B20 ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B19 O:138|T:2.5|I:3
O:133|T:2.5|I:9 ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B20
O:136|T:2.5|I:6

OR20
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP B1 O OR20
PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP B2
PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP B3 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP B4 PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B2
PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP B5 PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B3
NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP B6 PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B4
PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP B7 PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP B8 NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B6
PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP B9 PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B7
T1PTTR1_49F_PICKUP B10 PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B8
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP B11 PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B9
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_PICKUP B12 T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP B10
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_PICKUP B13 ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B11
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_PICKUP B14 ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B12
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_PICKUP B15 ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B13
B16 DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B14
B17 EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B15
B18 EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B16
B19 EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B17
B20 DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B18
O:134|T:2.5|I:10 B19
B20
O:135|T:2.5|I:7

GUID-3ECF87A5-74E7-424E-B334-6B2F10386317 V1 EN

Figure 130: General pickup and trip signals

Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3...5_86/94-3…5 are also available if the relay is
ordered with high speed binary outputs options.

118 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

TRPPTRC1
OR20 OR6
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O TRIP CL_LKOUT
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2 RST_LKOUT
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3 O:66|T:2.5|I:1
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B7 O:62|T:2.5|I:16
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B8
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B9
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B10
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B11
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B12
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B13
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B14
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B15
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B16
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B17
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B18
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B19
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B20
O:58|T:2.5|I:0

OR20
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B2
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B3
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B4
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B7
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B8
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B9
T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP B10
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B11
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B12
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B13
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B14
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B15
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B16
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B17
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B18
B19
B20
O:57|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-5595F04D-50A7-408E-8B68-00A0740C36BD V1 EN

Figure 131: Trip logic TRPPTRC1

REF615 ANSI 119

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

TRPPTRC2
OR20 OR6
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O TRIP CL_LKOUT
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2 RST_LKOUT
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3 O:67|T:2.5|I:2
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B7 O:63|T:2.5|I:15
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B8
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B9
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B10
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B11
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B12
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B13
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B14
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B15
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B16
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B17
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B18
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B19
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B20
O:60|T:2.5|I:3

OR20
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B2
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B3
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B4
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B7
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B8
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B9
T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP B10
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B11
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B12
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B13
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET B14
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B15
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B16
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B17
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B18
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B19
B20
O:59|T:2.5|I:4

GUID-C2512CA1-1CF9-48AE-85E7-BAE443787FE9 V1 EN

Figure 132: Trip logic TRPPTRC2

TRPPTRC3
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
RST_LKOUT
O:150|T:2.5|I:3

TRPPTRC4
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
RST_LKOUT
O:148|T:2.5|I:4

TRPPTRC5
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
RST_LKOUT
O:149|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-173E722B-2634-4D1D-86F0-18D413B1AECA V1 EN

Figure 133: Trip logic TRPPTRC3/4/5

120 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.5.3.2 Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder

The disturbance recorder main application sheet contains the disturbance

recorder function block and the connections to the variables.

Once the order of signals connected to the binary inputs of RDRE1 is

changed, make the changes to the Parameter Setting tool.

OR6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP B1 O
EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP B2
WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:102|T:2.5|I:28

OR6 RDRE1
OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP C1 TRIGGERED
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP B1 O DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP C2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP B2 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP C3
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP B3 PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP C4
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B5 B4 NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP C5
B6 B5 NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP C6
O:98|T:2.5|I:33 B6 C7
O:99|T:2.5|I:32 C8
C9
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP C10
OR EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP C11
OR6 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP C12
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O T1PTTR1_49F_PICKUP C13
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2 DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP B1 O PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP C14
O:104|T:2.5|I:15 EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP B2 PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP C15
WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP B3 PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP C16
B4 PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP C17
B5 NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP C18
OR6 B6 PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP C19
O:97|T:2.5|I:34 PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP C20
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP C21
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B2 ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP C22
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B3 ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP C23
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B4 OR6 ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP C24
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5 CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET C25
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU C26
O:93|T:2.5|I:25 OR EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B2 C27
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B3 C28
B1 O EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B4 C29
B2 B5 INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP C30
OR6 O:106|T:2.5|I:13 B6 C31
O:95|T:2.5|I:4 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP C32
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B1 O INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H C33
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B2 T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP C34
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3 C35
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B4 OR6 C36
B5 C37
B6 PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH C38
O:92|T:2.5|I:26 PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U C39
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3 CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL C40
B4 X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED C41
B5 X110_BI3_CB_OPEN C42
OR6 B6 C43
O:103|T:2.5|I:27 C44
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP C45
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B2 ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP C46
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B3 ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP C47
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B4 OR6 DARREC1_79_INPRO C48
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B5 C49
B6 PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O C50
O:100|T:2.5|I:31 PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2 C51
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3 C52
B4 DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP C53
B5 EFHPTOC2_50G-2_PICKUP C54
B6 EFHPTOC3_50N-1_PICKUP C55
OR O:96|T:2.5|I:35 EFHPTOC4_50N-2_PICKUP C56
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_PICKUP C57
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B1 O C58
DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL B2 C59
O:105|T:2.5|I:14 OR6 C60
C61
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET B1 O C62
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET B2 C63
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET B3 MSVPR1_27R-1_U_LOW C64
B4 O:108|T:2.5|I:1
B5
B6
O:101|T:2.5|I:29

GUID-4AAD874B-4BA7-46B4-91D2-812DC25230CB V1 EN

Figure 134: Disturbance recorder

REF615 ANSI 121

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.5.3.3 Functional diagrams for condition monitoring

Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1_CCM. When a failure is

detected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that are measuring the
calculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessary
operation.

CCSPVC1
BLOCK FAIL CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL
ALARM CCSPVC1_CCM_ALARM
O:11|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-521225E7-D269-41D0-A4F4-A2FA15D14B27 V1 EN

Figure 135: Current circuit supervision function

The fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1_60-1 detects failures in the voltage

measurement circuits. Failures, such as an open MCB, raise an alarm.

SEQSPVC1
BLOCK FUSEF_3PH SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH
X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED CB_CLOSED FUSEF_V SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U
DISCON_OPEN
MINCB_OPEN
O:34|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-B7EF86D5-51CF-431B-A963-8094829B7AB8 V1 EN

Figure 136: Fuse failure supervision function

Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR1_52CM-1 supervises the switch status

based on the connected binary input information and the measured current levels.
SSCBR1_52CM-1 introduces various supervision methods.

Set the parameters for SSCBR1_52CM-1 properly.

SSCBR1
BLOCK TRV_T_OP_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM
X110_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN TRV_T_CL_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM
X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE SPR_CHR_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM
CB_OPEN_COMMAND OPEN_CB_EXE OPR_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM
CB_CLOSE_COMMAND CLOSE_CB_EXE OPR_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO
PRES_ALM_IN IPOW_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM
PRES_LO_IN IPOW_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO
SPR_CHR_ST CB_LIFE_ALM SSCBR1_52CM_CB_LIFE_ALM
SPR_CHR MON_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM
RST_IPOW PRES_ALM SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM
RST_CB_WEAR PRES_LO SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO
RST_TRV_T OPENPOS
RST_SPR_T INVALIDPOS
CLOSEPOS
O:87|T:5|I:1

GUID-89ABDDE0-52BA-41E0-A67C-5149FB984959 V1 EN

Figure 137: Circuit-breaker condition monitoring function

122 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO B5 OR
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM B6
O:88|T:2.5|I:24 B1 O SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS
B2
O:90|T:2.5|I:11

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM_CB_LIFE_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO B5
B6
O:89|T:2.5|I:23

GUID-9CDF8457-46A0-40CA-9D2A-A1548D4800D8 V1 EN

Figure 138: Logic for circuit breaker monitoring alarm

Two separate trip circuit supervision functions are included: TCSSCBR1_TCM-1 for
power output X100:PO3 and TCSSCBR2_TCM-2 for power output X100:PO4. Both the
functions are blocked by the master trips TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2
and the circuit breaker open signal.

It is assumed that there is no external resistor in the circuit breaker tripping

coil circuit connected in parallel with the circuit breaker normally open
auxiliary contact.

TCSSCBR1
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM
O:110|T:5|I:1

TCSSCBR2
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR2_TCM-2_ALARM
O:111|T:5|I:2

OR
TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM B1 O TCSSCBR_ALARM
TCSSCBR2_TCM-2_ALARM B2
O:112|T:2.5|I:16
GUID-DDFABA18-F276-40E5-84C3-1AAA5442C3B6 V1 EN

Figure 139: Trip circuit supervision function

REF615 ANSI 123

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B1 O TCSSCBR_BLOCKING
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP B2
X110_BI3_CB_OPEN B3
B4
B5
B6
O:109|T:2.5|I:36
GUID-1F80DC73-AC36-40F2-B36F-91932BB9F7BD V1 EN

Figure 140: Logic for blocking of trip circuit supervision

3.5.3.4 Functional diagrams for control and interlocking

The main purpose of the synchronism and energizing check SECRSYN1 is to provide
control over the closing of the circuit breakers in power networks to prevent the closing,
if the conditions for synchronism are not detected. The energizing function allows closing,
for example, when one side of the breaker is dead.

SECRSYN1
BLOCK SYNC_INPRO
CL_COMMAND SYNC_OK
BYPASS CL_FAIL_AL
CMD_FAIL_AL
LLDB
LLLB
DLLB
DLDB
O:157|T:5|I:1
GUID-B440D451-BFF7-4ED4-B17C-D5F63770AB0E V1 EN

Figure 141: Synchronism and energizing check

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. The input
can be activated by the configuration logic, which is a combination of the disconnector or
breaker truck and ground switch position status, status of the trip logics, gas pressure
alarm and circuit-breaker spring charging status.

The OKPOS output from DCSXSWI defines whether disconnector or breaker truck is
either open (in test position) or close (in service position). This output, together with the
open ground switch and non-active trip signals, activates the close-enable signal to the
circuit breaker control function block. The open operation for circuit breaker is always
enabled.

124 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

CBXCBR1
X110_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN SELECTED CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED
X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE EXE_OP CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP
TRUE ENA_OPEN EXE_CL CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL
CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE ENA_CLOSE OP_REQ
FALSE BLK_OPEN CL_REQ
CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE BLK_CLOSE OPENPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN AU_OPEN CLOSEPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE AU_CLOSE OKPOS
TRIP OPEN_ENAD
SYNC_OK CLOSE_ENAD CBXCBR1_52-1_CLOSE_ENAD
SYNC_ITL_BYP
O:79|T:5|I:1
GUID-40DD515C-E66E-472B-BCA6-5BAA4146EA4B V1 EN

Figure 142: Circuit breaker control logic: Circuit breaker 1

OR
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL B1 O CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B2
O:86|T:2.5|I:10

GUID-9B4C6575-7430-4D76-BF0A-AC790D93DFCD V1 EN

Figure 143: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the closing coil of circuit breaker
1

OR6
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP B1 O CB_OPEN_COMMAND
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B2
DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB B3
B4
B5
B6
O:85|T:2.5|I:22
GUID-8083F101-48DA-4C7F-9F26-0A0A98A19A85 V1 EN

Figure 144: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the opening coil of circuit breaker
1

NOT AND6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP IN OUT B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE
O:72|T:2.5|I:3 B2
B3
B4
B5
NOT B6
O:78|T:2.5|I:0
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP IN OUT
O:73|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-1560EADA-0523-412F-A05C-55A6C9842A49 V1 EN

Figure 145: Circuit breaker close enable logic

Connect the higher-priority conditions before enabling the closing of

circuit breaker. These conditions cannot be bypassed with bypass feature
of the function.

REF615 ANSI 125

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
T1PTTR1_49F_BLK_CLOSE B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:74|T:2.5|I:17
GUID-D770B4AE-D735-42F2-B34A-1FC5366F4E63 V1 EN

Figure 146: Circuit breaker close blocking logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating circuit breaker external closing and
opening command with the relay in local or remote mode.

Check the logic for the external circuit breaker closing command and
modify it according to the application.

Connect the additional signal for closing and opening of circuit breaker in
local or remote mode if applicable for the configuration.

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:70|T:2.5|I:1 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE
B2
AND O:77|T:2.5|I:7
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:71|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-948D9F09-FBDB-424E-9469-FA28C2AD223D V1 EN

Figure 147: External closing command for circuit breaker

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:68|T:2.5|I:3 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN
B2
AND O:75|T:2.5|I:9
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:69|T:2.5|I:2

GUID-A36678F4-2A9B-4423-9971-F9EEF74E1602 V1 EN

Figure 148: External opening command for circuit breaker

126 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
T1PTTR1_49F_BLK_CLOSE B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:74|T:2.5|I:17
GUID-6ECB9CD1-5677-4EF2-990A-34EFD1C9F782 V1 EN

Figure 149: Circuit breaker 1 close blocking logic

3.5.3.5 Functional diagrams for measurement functions

The phase current inputs to the relay are measured by the three-phase current
measurement function CMMXU1. The three phase current input is connected to the X131,
X132 and X133 card in the back panel for three phases. The sequence current
measurement CSMSQI1 measures the sequence current and the residual current
measurement RESCMMXU1 measures the residual current. Residual current input is
connected to the X130 card in the back panel.

The three-phase bus side phase voltage inputs to the relay are measured by three-phase
voltage measurement VMMXU1. The three-phase current input is connected to the X131,
X132 and X133 card in the back panel for three phases. The sequence voltage
measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence voltage and the residual voltage
measurement RESCMMXU1 measures the voltage current.

The measurements can be seen in the LHMI and they are available under the measurement
option in the menu selection. Based on the settings, function blocks can generate low
alarm or warning and high alarm or warning signals for the measured current values.

The frequency measurement FMMXU1 of the power system and the three-phase power
and energy measurement PEMMXU1 are available. The load profile function
LDPRLRC1 is included in the measurements sheet. LDPRLRC1 offers the ability to
observe the loading history of the corresponding feeder.

CMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:158|T:5|I:1
GUID-0A3130A3-3FC3-495A-88E9-78923E6E31C6 V1 EN

Figure 150: Three-phase current measurement

CSMSQI1
O:155|T:5|I:1

GUID-FA6BE5C5-FAB2-4E34-AC50-6277C61FBF32 V1 EN

Figure 151: Sequence current measurements

REF615 ANSI 127

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

RESCMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
O:160|T:5|I:1
GUID-6DD6E662-C260-4130-984B-F9922B7B92C2 V1 EN

Figure 152: Ground current measurements

VMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:9|T:5|I:1
GUID-4A3A8635-B84D-4BC1-A831-10759D06C85C V1 EN

Figure 153: Three-phase voltage measurement

VSMSQI1
O:154|T:5|I:1
GUID-39A6A89E-20E6-4D65-91F5-1CDCD268202B V1 EN

Figure 154: Sequence voltage measurements

FMMXU1
O:171|T:5|I:1

GUID-15A91535-DE43-4BAE-8B7F-8E32B352173F V1 EN

Figure 155: Frequency measurement

PEMMXU1
RSTACM
O:163|T:5|I:1
GUID-23F0EE49-A241-4E02-B4DB-AFAD5EB72791 V1 EN

Figure 156: Three-phase power and energy measurement

FLTRFRC1
BLOCK
CB_CLRD
O:7|T:2.5|I:1

LDPRLRC1
RSTMEM MEM_WARN
MEM_ALARM
O:161|T:5|I:1
GUID-6AE082C2-E339-4C91-856F-8E442FC9691D V1 EN

Figure 157: Data monitoring and load profile record

128 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.5.3.6 Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 3
OR
B1 O X110_BI3_CB_OPEN
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 3 O:76|T:2.5|I:8

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 4
OR
B1 O X110_BI4_CB_CLOSED
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 4 O:30|T:2.5|I:0

GUID-AE7B96B5-C893-4984-85A5-A892D8EC80B3 V1 EN

Figure 158: Default binary inputs - X110 terminal block

UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO1

TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO1

OC_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO2

TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO2

EF_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO3

TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO3

VOLTAGE_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO4
GUID-D43BE2E9-8092-43D8-B0A7-28FFEE707E91 V1 EN

Figure 159: Default binary outputs - X110 terminal block

REF615 ANSI 129

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO1

CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO2

GENERAL_PICKUP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO1

GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO2

CB_OPEN_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO3

TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO4
GUID-A9D2C9D7-FB5F-43E5-A7FC-36100E67E338 V1 EN

Figure 160: Default binary outputs - X100 terminal block

LED6
LED1 OR
OK
OK ROVPTOV_TRIP B1 O ALARM
CBXCBR1_52-1_CLOSE_ENAD ALARM PHPTOV_TRIP B2 RESET
RESET O:118|T:2.5|I:20 O:119|T:2.5|I:6
O:115|T:2.5|I:1

LED7
LED2
OR OK
OK T1PTTR1_49F_ALARM ALARM
DPHxPDOC_TRIP B1 O ALARM RESET
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B2 RESET O:147|T:2.5|I:7
O:143|T:2.5|I:21 O:144|T:2.5|I:2

LED8
LED3
OR6 OK
OK PHPTUV_TRIP ALARM
EFPADM_TRIP B1 O ALARM RESET
WPWDE_TRIP B2 RESET O:142|T:2.5|I:8
DEFxPDEF_TRIP B3 O:132|T:2.5|I:3
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B4
EFxPTOC_TRIP B5
B6 LED9
O:131|T:2.5|I:57 OR6
OK
TCSSCBR_ALARM B1 O ALARM
LED4 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH B2 RESET
OR6 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U B3 O:114|T:2.5|I:9
OK CCSPVC1_CCM_ALARM B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2 RESET B6
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B3 O:146|T:2.5|I:4 O:113|T:2.5|I:37
B4
B5
B6 LED10
O:145|T:2.5|I:63
OK
SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS ALARM
LED5 RESET
OR O:91|T:2.5|I:10
OK
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B2 RESET
O:140|T:2.5|I:18 O:141|T:2.5|I:5

GUID-9BA7E5A4-42C5-4CAD-BB8C-EF4571EF9873 V1 EN

Figure 161: Default LED connection

130 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.5.3.7 Functional diagrams for other functions

NOT Protection
IN OUT TRUE BI_SG_2 SG_LOGIC_SEL
O:61|T:2.5|I:0 BI_SG_3 SG_1_ACT
BI_SG_4 SG_2_ACT
BI_SG_5 SG_3_ACT
BI_SG_6 SG_4_ACT
SG_5_ACT
SG_6_ACT
BEH_TEST
NOT BEH_BLK
IN OUT O:152|T:2.5|I:0
TRUE FALSE
O:64|T:2.5|I:4

Control
CTRL_OFF OFF
CTRL_LOC LOCAL CONTROL_LOCAL
CTRL_STA STATION
CTRL_REM REMOTE CONTROL_REMOTE
CTRL_ALL ALL
BEH_TEST
BEH_BLK
O:65|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-BFC3F036-F7AE-4729-B814-43302925A886 V1 EN

Figure 162: Functions for general logic states TRUE and FALSE, protection setting
group selection and local and remote control

3.5.3.8 Functional diagrams for other timer logics

The configuration also includes the overcurrent trip and ground-fault trip logic.

The trip logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC2 for setting the
minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC2 is connected to binary
outputs.

OR TPGAPC2
DPHxPDOC_TRIP B1 O IN1 OUT1 OC_TRIP_PULSE
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B2 IN2 OUT2 EF_TRIP_PULSE
O:128|T:2.5|I:19 O:129|T:2.5|I:2

OR6
DEFxPDEF_TRIP B1 O
ROVPTOV_TRIP B2
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B3
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B4
EFPADM_TRIP B5
WPWDE_TRIP B6
O:127|T:2.5|I:62
GUID-5E32E544-1F26-4552-A6B7-CAC3799D4971 V1 EN

Figure 163: Timer logic for overcurrent and ground-fault trip pulse

REF615 ANSI 131

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 TPGAPC3
PHPTOV_TRIP B1 O IN1 OUT1 VOLTAGE_TRIP_PULSE
PHPTUV_TRIP B2 IN2 OUT2
B3 O:122|T:2.5|I:3
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B4
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B5
B6
O:121|T:2.5|I:59

GUID-A5E43724-FCB1-4B79-A801-1299A0479759 V1 EN

Figure 164: Timer logic for voltage trip and frequency protection trip alarm

TONGAPC1 TOFGAPC1
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:162|T:2.5|I:1 O:164|T:2.5|I:1

TONGAPC2 TOFGAPC2
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:169|T:2.5|I:2 O:166|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-03CE7E4F-79D1-4772-91D2-3EC8948F4C08 V1 EN

Figure 165: Programmable timers

3.5.3.9 Functional diagrams for communication

MBSLPRT1 DNPLPRT1
Status Status
O:177|T:2.5|I:1 O:8|T:2.5|I:1

SCHLCCH1 SCHLCCH2 SCHLCCH3

CH1LIV CH2LIV CH3LIV
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV LNK3LIV
O:4|T:2.5|I:1 O:10|T:2.5|I:2 O:173|T:2.5|I:3

SERLCCH1 SERLCCH2 RCHLCCH1

CH1LIV CH2LIV CHLIV_A
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV REDCHLIV_B
O:167|T:2.5|I:1 O:153|T:2.5|I:2 LNKLIV_A
REDLNKLIV_B
O:5|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-9F64B38C-6394-4C80-93F9-9486768F9B58 V1 EN

Figure 166: Default communication function connection

132 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.6 Standard configuration N

3.6.1 Applications
The standard configuration N provides the highest functionality level of all the REF615
standard configurations. Standard configuration N is delivered as pre-configured with the
same configuration as standard configuration D. Standard configuration N provides the
possibility to standardize on one type of REF615. Depending on the specific feeder
application, the appropriate functionality can be selected and an own configuration
created with the Application Configuration tool in PCM600. Standard configuration N is
not designed to utilize at once all the available functionality content in one protection
relay. To ensure the performance of the protection relay, the user specific configuration
load needs to be verified with the Application Configuration tool in PCM600.

3.6.2 Functions

Υ or Δ Δ

3 3

REF615 V5.0 FP1 ANSI Func Appl N

50P-3 51P-1 46-1 46-2 46PD 49F-1 INR-1 27-1 59G

32Q- 50
32U-1 32U-2 51P-2 50P-1 50P-2
279 BF-1 27-2 78V-19

32R/ 32R/ 67/ 67/ 67/ 67/

27-3 59-1
32O-1 32O-2 51P-1 51P-2 50P-1 50P-2

67/ 67/ 67/ 67/

51N-1 47-1 59-2
51N-1 51N-2 50N-1 50N-2

59-3
87A7 47-2
50N-1 50N-2 50N-3

81-1
87B7 47U-1
21YN- 21YN- 21YN-
67NIEF 51G 11 21 31
81-2
87C7 47U-2
52 HIZ 51NHA3 32N-32 32N-22 32N-12

60-1 81-3

67YN-
50G-1 50G-2
c
50G-3
1
81-6 81-4

27R-1 25
1 81-5
AFD- AFD- AFD- 27RT-
14 24 34 19
795 386
1
Available with Admittance-based earth fault option 27RT-
2
Available with Wattmetric-based earth fault option 29
3 3
Available with Harmonic-based earth fault option 21FL- 59N-1
4
Available with Arc Flash Detection(AFD) option 18
5 27RT-
Available with Reclosing option
6
Available with RTD option 39
7
Reserve the 3 current inputs for HIB protection when used 59N-2
8
Available with Fault locator option
9
Available with interconnection option

GUID-71377C7F-DC46-4424-A7BF-E39154E165A0 V1 EN

Figure 167: Functionality overview for standard configuration N

REF615 ANSI 133

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.6.2.1 Default I/O connections

Table 27: Default connections for analog inputs
Analog input Description Connector pins
IA Phase A current X120:7-8
IB Phase B current X120:9-10
IC Phase C current X120:11-12
IG Residual current IG X120:13-14
V12B Phase-to-phase voltage VAB(2) X130:9-10
VA Phase voltage VA X130:11-12
VB Phase voltage VB X130:13-14
VC Phase voltage VC X130:15-16
VG Residual voltage VG X130:17-18

Table 28: Default connections for binary inputs

134 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Table 29: Default connections for binary outputs

Table 30: Default connections for LEDs

LED Default usage ID Label description
1 Overcurrent protection trip LED_Overcurrent_1 Overcurrent
2 Ground-fault protection trip LED_EarthFault_1 Ground-fault
3 Sensitive ground-fault trip LED_SensitiveEarthFault_1 Sensitive ground-fault
4 Negative sequence overcurrent LED_PhaseUnbalance_1 Phase unbalance
or phase discontinuity
5 Thermal overload alarm LED_ThermalOverload_1 Thermal overload
6 Circuit breaker failure LED_BreakerFailure_1 Breaker failure
protection backup protection
trip
7 Disturbance recorder triggered LED_DisturbRecTriggered_1 Disturb. rec. triggered
8 Circuit breaker condition LED_CBConditionMonitoring_ CB condition monitoring
monitoring alarm 1
9 Supervision alarm LED_TripCircuitFailure_1 Trip circuit failure
10 Arc flash detection LED_ArcDetected_1 Arc detected
11 Autoreclose in progress LED_AutorecloseInProgress_1 Autoreclose shot in progr.

REF615 ANSI 135

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.6.2.2 Default disturbance recorder settings

Table 31: Default disturbance recorder analog channels
Channel Description
1 IL1
2 IL2
3 IL3
4 Io
5 Uo
6 U1
7 U2
8 U3
9 U12B
10 -
11 -
12 -

136 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

REF615 ANSI 137

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.6.3 Functional diagrams

The signal marked with IA, IB and IC represents the three phase currents. The signal IG
represents the measured ground current.

The signal marked with VA, VB and VC represents the three phase voltages. The signal
VG represents the measured ground voltage.

Depending on the communication protocol the required function block needs to be

instantiated in the configuration.

138 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.6.3.1 Functional diagrams for protection

The functional diagrams describe the relay's protection functionality in detail and
according to the factory set default connections.

PHIPTOC1
X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING BLOCK TRIP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP
O:22|T:2.5|I:1

DPHHPDOC1
BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:24|T:5|I:1

DPHHPDOC2
BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:14|T:5|I:2

DPHLPDOC1
BLOCK TRIP DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:25|T:5|I:1

DPHLPDOC2
BLOCK TRIP DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:50|T:5|I:2

OR6
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B1 O DPHxPDOC_TRIP
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B2
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B3
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:117|T:2.5|I:61
GUID-8293227D-FAB7-4E29-B3CF-52277091C321 V1 EN

Figure 168: Overcurrent protection functions

REF615 ANSI 139

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP B1 O UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:144|T:2.5|I:65
GUID-521CF39B-4A35-4293-AC42-15BA90D21B36 V1 EN

Figure 169: Upstream blocking logic

The output BLK2H of three-phase inrush detector INRPHAR1_INR-1 enables either

blocking the function or multiplying the active settings for any of the available
overcurrent or ground-fault function blocks.

INRPHAR1
BLOCK BLK2H INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H
O:103|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-C7820A35-3477-402F-90DC-C0C5D9992258 V1 EN

Figure 170: Inrush detector function

Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection stages NSPTOC1_46-1 and

NSPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP
O:51|T:5|I:1

NSPTOC2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP
O:52|T:5|I:2
GUID-3CDF9CBF-DBDC-44D0-A4CB-F8D207F22E34 V1 EN

Figure 171: Negative-sequence overcurrent protection function

Three stages are provided for directional ground-fault protection. According to the relay's
order code, the directional ground-fault protection method can be based on conventional
directional ground-fault DEFxPDEF_67/5xN only or alternatively used together with
admittance-based ground-fault protection EFPADM_21YN or wattmetric-based ground-
fault protection WPWDE_32N. A dedicated protection stage INTRPTEF_67NIEF is used
either for transient-based ground-fault protection or for cable intermittent ground-fault

140 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

protection in compensated networks. The binary input X110:BI2 is intended for

controlling directional ground-fault protection blocks' relay characteristic angle (RCA:
0°, -90°) or operation mode (IoSinφ, IoCosφ) change. The same input is also available for
wattmetric protection.

DEFLPDEF1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:46|T:5|I:1

DEFLPDEF2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:19|T:5|I:2

DEFHPDEF1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:18|T:5|I:1

DEFHPDEF2
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:12|T:5|I:2

OR6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B1 O DEFxPDEF_TRIP
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B3
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:115|T:2.5|I:55
GUID-E70FF7C3-5F0C-42B7-95A4-03F5BAC401ED V1 EN

Figure 172: Directional ground-fault protection function

EFHPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP
O:13|T:5|I:1
GUID-CEA9A04E-6E6B-4849-9989-619E68D65067 V1 EN

Figure 173: Non-directional ground-fault protection

REF615 ANSI 141

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

INTRPTEF1
BLOCK TRIP INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP
PICKUP INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP
BLK_EF
O:44|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-1CD1898F-9445-430B-B7D0-460030C5BBA5 V1 EN

Figure 174: Transient or intermittent ground-fault protection functions

WPWDE1
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP
RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP
O:49|T:5|I:1

WPWDE2
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP
RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP
O:20|T:5|I:2

WPWDE3
BLOCK TRIP WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP
RCA_CTL PICKUP WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP
O:17|T:5|I:3

OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B1 O WPWDE_TRIP
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:116|T:2.5|I:54
GUID-B94F6AEC-0371-44AF-AA58-9D24105A14FD V1 EN

Figure 175: Wattmetric protection function

142 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

EFPADM1
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP
O:48|T:5|I:1

EFPADM2
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP
O:15|T:5|I:2

EFPADM3
BLOCK TRIP EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP
RELEASE PICKUP EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP
O:16|T:5|I:3

OR6
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B1 O EFPADM_TRIP
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:114|T:2.5|I:56
GUID-2B9E897B-DD34-4545-8DA1-CB80D2491960 V1 EN

Figure 176: Admittance-based ground-fault protection function

Phase discontinuity protection PDNSPTOC1_46PD protects for interruptions in the

normal three-phase load supply, for example, in downed conductor situations. The
function is blocked in case of detection of a failure in secondary circuit of voltage
transformer.

PDNSPTOC1
CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP
PICKUP PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP
O:32|T:5|I:1
GUID-BA190033-3A47-42A2-8CF2-CF1171E90D6A V1 EN

Figure 177: Phase discontinuity protection

Three-phase thermal protection for feeders, cables and distribution transformers

T1PTTR1_49F detects overloads under varying load conditions. The BLK_CLOSE
output of the function is used to block the closing operation of circuit breaker.

T1PTTR1
BLOCK TRIP T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP T1PTTR1_49F_PICKUP
AMB_TEMP ALARM T1PTTR1_49F_ALARM
BLK_CLOSE T1PTTR1_49F_BLK_CLOSE
O:33|T:5|I:1
GUID-7FB3A140-185F-40E3-AE77-CE80E262E940 V1 EN

Figure 178: Thermal overcurrent protection function

REF615 ANSI 143

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B4 B4
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B5 B5 CCBRBRF1
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B6 B6
O:29|T:2.5|I:0 O:31|T:2.5|I:2 BLOCK CB_FAULT_AL
PICKUP TRBU CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE TRRET CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET
CB_FAULT
OR6 O:39|T:2.5|I:1
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B2
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B4
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6
O:28|T:2.5|I:1

OR6
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B2
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:27|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-B60DAF56-FF58-4F94-8E1B-3251CB861195 V1 EN

Figure 179: Circuit breaker failure protection function

Three arc protection stages ARCSARC-1…3_AFD-1...3 are included as an optional

The trip signals from ARCSARC-1…3AFD-1...3 are connected to both trip logic
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2.

144 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

ARCSARC1
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:23|T:2.5|I:11

ARCSARC2
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:21|T:2.5|I:21

ARCSARC3
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:26|T:2.5|I:31

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:75|T:2.5|I:18

GUID-8435F618-4DC9-4F4B-91E4-760201BD567F V1 EN

Figure 180: Arc protection

The optional autoreclosing function is configured to be initiated by trip signals from a

number of protection stages through the INIT_1...5 inputs. It is possible to create
individual autoreclose sequences for each input.

The circuit breaker availability for the autoreclosing sequence is expressed with the
CB_READY input in DARREC1_79. This signal is not connected in the configuration.

The open command from the autorecloser is connected directly to binary output
X100:PO3, whereas the close command is connected directly to binary output X100:PO1.

Set the parameters for DARREC1_79 properly.

REF615 ANSI 145

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Check the initialization signals of DARREC1_79.

DARREC1
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP INIT_1 OPEN_CB DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB
OR6 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP INIT_2 CLOSE_CB DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP INIT_3 CMD_WAIT
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B1 O INIT_4 INPRO DARREC1_79_INPRO
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B2 INIT_5 LOCKED OUT
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3 X110_BI2_EXT_PICKUP_AUTORECLOSE INIT_6 PROT_CRD
B4 DEL_INIT_2 UNSUC_RECL DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL
B5 DEL_INIT_3 AR_ON
B6 DEL_INIT_4 READY
O:76|T:2.5|I:21 BLK_RECL_T ACTIVE
BLK_RCLM_T
BLK_THERM
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN CB_POS
OR6 CB_READY
INC_SHOTP
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O INHIBIT_RECL
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B2 RECL_ON
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B3 SYNC
B4 O:80|T:2.5|I:1
B5
B6
O:77|T:2.5|I:20

OR6
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B3
CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED B4
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B5
ARCSARC_TRIP B6
O:78|T:2.5|I:10

GUID-3152CEA3-34AD-45F6-8F61-BC5B99B34402 V1 EN

Figure 181: Autoreclosing function

Three overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTOV_59 and PHPTUV_27

146 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP
O:36|T:5|I:1

PHPTOV2
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP
O:41|T:5|I:2

PHPTOV3
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP
O:34|T:5|I:3

OR6
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTOV_TRIP
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:131|T:2.5|I:58

GUID-B7D861D1-C660-4B5A-8F73-0C0A2B8FB2A6 V1 EN

Figure 182: Overvoltage protection function

REF615 ANSI 147

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTUV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP
O:40|T:5|I:1

PHPTUV2
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP
O:42|T:5|I:2

PHPTUV3
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP
PICKUP PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP
O:38|T:5|I:3

OR6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTUV_TRIP
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:132|T:2.5|I:39
GUID-5A14EE55-812F-4791-AD1E-DF0E958AC785 V1 EN

Figure 183: Undervoltage protection function

NSPTOV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP
PICKUP NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP
O:37|T:5|I:1
GUID-8378A87F-C340-43D6-A676-49AC56ACBE45 V1 EN

Figure 184: Negative-sequence overvoltage protection function

PSPTUV1
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP
PICKUP PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP
O:35|T:5|I:1
GUID-A4E21DBC-9431-45E9-8A8E-3F5B9EBC6F35 V1 EN

Figure 185: Positive-sequence undervoltage protection function

The residual overvoltage protection ROVPTOV_59G,59N provides ground-fault

protection by detecting an abnormal level of residual voltage. It can be used, for example,
as a nonselective backup protection for the selective directional ground-fault
functionality.

148 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

ROVPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP
O:47|T:5|I:1

ROVPTOV2
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP
O:43|T:5|I:2

ROVPTOV3
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP
PICKUP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP
O:45|T:5|I:3

OR6
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B1 O ROVPTOV_TRIP
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B2
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B3
B4
B5
B6
O:121|T:2.5|I:60
GUID-A36F8662-BEC9-473D-BF21-1FACEAE6220F V1 EN

Figure 186: Residual voltage protection function

MSVPR1
BLOCK U_LOW MSVPR1_27R-1_U_LOW
O:90|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-68AA55AA-FBE5-42A1-86B9-ECECAACCCE3B V1 EN

Figure 187: Three-phase remnant undervoltage protection function

REF615 ANSI 149

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR20
OR20 OR6 TPGAPC1
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP B2 PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O IN1 OUT1 GENERAL_PICKUP_PULSE
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP B3 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2 IN2 OUT2 GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP B4 DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3 O:130|T:2.5|I:1
NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP B5 DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP B6 NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP B7 NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_PICKUP B8 DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B7 O:128|T:2.5|I:53
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP B9 DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B8
EFPADM1_21YN-1_PICKUP B10 DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B9
EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP B11 EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B10
EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP B12 EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B11 OR6
WPWDE1_32N-1_PICKUP B13 EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B12
WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP B14 WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B13 B1 O
WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP B15 WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B14 B2
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP B16 WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B15 B3
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP B17 INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B16 B4
ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP B18 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B17 B5
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP B19 ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B18 B6
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP B20 ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B19 O:129|T:2.5|I:3
O:124|T:2.5|I:9 ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B20
O:127|T:2.5|I:6

OR20
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP B1 O OR20
PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP B2
PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP B3 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP B4 PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B2
PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP B5 PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B3
NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP B6 PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B4
PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP B7 PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP B8 NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B6
PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP B9 PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B7
T1PTTR1_49F_PICKUP B10 PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B8
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP B11 PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B9
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_PICKUP B12 T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP B10
B13 ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B11
B14 ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B12
B15 ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B13
B16 DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B14
B17 DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B15
B18 B16
B19 B17
B20 B18
O:125|T:2.5|I:10 B19
B20
O:126|T:2.5|I:7

GUID-C663443E-751F-4608-B8AF-B78EC13414D4 V1 EN

Figure 188: General pickup and trip signals

Three other trip logics TRPPTRC3...5_86/94-3…5 are also available if the relay is
ordered with high speed binary outputs options.

150 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR20 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC1
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B7 O:59|T:2.5|I:16 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B8 TRIP CL_LKOUT
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B9 X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B10 O:63|T:2.5|I:1
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B11
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B12
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B13
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B14
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B15
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B16
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B17
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B18
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B19
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B20
O:56|T:2.5|I:0

OR20
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B2
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B3
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B4
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B7
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B8
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B9
T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP B10
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B11
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B12
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B13
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B14
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B15
B16
B17
B18
B19
B20
O:55|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-B77FE9D7-813C-4BF5-BC0C-A5B3045310D9 V1 EN

Figure 189: Trip logic TRPPTRC1

REF615 ANSI 151

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR20 OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 B3
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC2
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6 B6
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B7 O:58|T:2.5|I:8 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B8 TRIP CL_LKOUT
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B9 X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B10 O:62|T:2.5|I:2
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B11
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B12
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B13
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B14
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B15
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B16
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B17
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B18
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B19
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B20
O:54|T:2.5|I:3

OR20
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B1 O
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B2
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B3
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B4
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B5
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B6
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B7
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B8
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B9
T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP B10
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B11
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B12
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B13
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET B14
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B15
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B16
B17
B18
B19
B20
O:53|T:2.5|I:4

GUID-E09FA3BE-B039-475C-BFEC-8DA052F412EE V1 EN

Figure 190: Trip logic TRPPTRC2

TRPPTRC3
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:143|T:2.5|I:3

TRPPTRC4
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:141|T:2.5|I:4

TRPPTRC5
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT RST_LKOUT
O:142|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-23260E96-EB14-4D3D-AE0D-5DD908D87E7A V1 EN

Figure 191: Trip logic TRPPTRC3/4/5

152 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.6.3.2 Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder

OR6 RDRE1
OR6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B1 O DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_PICKUP C1 TRIGGERED DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2 DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_PICKUP B1 O DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_PICKUP C2
DPHLPDOC1_67/51P-1_TRIP B3 EFPADM2_21YN-2_PICKUP B2 DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP C3
DPHLPDOC2_67/51P-2_TRIP B4 WPWDE2_32N-2_PICKUP B3 PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP C4
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B5 B4 NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP C5
B6 B5 NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP C6
O:94|T:2.5|I:33 B6 C7
O:95|T:2.5|I:32 C8
C9
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_PICKUP C10
OR EFHPTOC1_50G-1_PICKUP C11
OR6 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_PICKUP C12
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O T1PTTR1_49F_PICKUP C13
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2 DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_PICKUP B1 O PHPTOV1_59-1_PICKUP C14
O:101|T:2.5|I:4 EFPADM3_21YN-3_PICKUP B2 PHPTOV2_59-2_PICKUP C15
WPWDE3_32N-3_PICKUP B3 PHPTOV3_59-3_PICKUP C16
B4 PSPTUV1_47U-1_PICKUP C17
B5 NSPTOV1_47-1_PICKUP C18
OR6 B6 PHPTUV1_27-1_PICKUP C19
O:93|T:2.5|I:34 PHPTUV2_27-2_PICKUP C20
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1_TRIP B1 O PHPTUV3_27-3_PICKUP C21
DEFLPDEF1_67/51N-1_TRIP B2 ROVPTOV1_59G_PICKUP C22
DEFLPDEF2_67/51N-2_TRIP B3 ROVPTOV2_59N-1_PICKUP C23
EFPADM1_21YN-1_TRIP B4 OR6 ROVPTOV3_59N-2_PICKUP C24
EFPADM2_21YN-2_TRIP B5 CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET C25
EFPADM3_21YN-3_TRIP B6 EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU C26
O:89|T:2.5|I:25 OR B2 C27
B3 C28
B1 O B4 C29
B2 B5 INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP C30
OR6 O:100|T:2.5|I:5 B6 C31
O:91|T:2.5|I:4 PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP C32
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_TRIP B1 O INRPHAR1_INR-1_BLK2H C33
WPWDE1_32N-1_TRIP B2 T1PTTR1_49F_TRIP C34
WPWDE2_32N-2_TRIP B3 C35
WPWDE3_32N-3_TRIP B4 OR6 C36
B5 C37
B6 PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH C38
O:88|T:2.5|I:26 PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2 SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U C39
PHPTOV3_59-3_TRIP B3 CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL C40
B4 X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED C41
B5 X120_BI3_CB_OPEN C42
OR6 B6 C43
O:99|T:2.5|I:27 C44
ROVPTOV1_59G_TRIP B1 O ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP C45
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B2 ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP C46
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B3 ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP C47
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B4 OR6 DARREC1_79_INPRO C48
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B5 C49
B6 PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B1 O C50
O:96|T:2.5|I:31 PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B2 C51
PHPTUV3_27-3_TRIP B3 C52
B4 DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP C53
B5 C54
B6 C55
OR O:92|T:2.5|I:35 C56
DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2_PICKUP C57
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B1 O C58
DARREC1_79_UNSUC_RECL B2 C59
O:102|T:2.5|I:14 OR6 C60
C61
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET B1 O C62
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET B2 C63
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET B3 MSVPR1_27R-1_U_LOW C64
B4 O:104|T:2.5|I:1
B5
B6
O:97|T:2.5|I:29

GUID-095C7BD8-A98D-4935-8537-9744E02C93A2 V1 EN

Figure 192: Disturbance recorder

3.6.3.3 Functional diagrams for condition monitoring

Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1_CCM. When a failure is

detected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that are measuring the
calculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessary
operation.

REF615 ANSI 153

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

CCSPVC1
BLOCK FAIL CCSPVC1_CCM_FAIL
ALARM CCSPVC1_CCM_ALARM
O:11|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-A148941E-8D92-4DDB-B497-20582B8FD341 V1 EN

Figure 193: Current circuit supervision function

The fuse failure supervision SEQSPVC1_60-1 detects failures in the voltage

measurement circuits. Failures, such as an open MCB, raise an alarm.

SEQSPVC1
BLOCK FUSEF_3PH SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED CB_CLOSED FUSEF_V SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U
DISCON_OPEN
MINCB_OPEN
O:30|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-ED37B113-A207-4CE2-9C10-72258E3DF7ED V1 EN

Figure 194: Fuse failure supervision function

Circuit-breaker condition monitoring SSCBR1_52CM-1 supervises the switch status

based on the connected binary input information and the measured current levels.
SSCBR1_52CM-1 introduces various supervision methods.

Set the parameters for SSCBR1_52CM-1 properly.

GUID-91B90F36-39AB-4349-AA02-3D32B2F3A94B V1 EN

Figure 195: Circuit-breaker condition monitoring function

154 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_OP_ALM B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_TRV_T_CL_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_SPR_CHR_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_OPR_LO B5 OR
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_ALM B6
O:84|T:2.5|I:15 B1 O SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS
B2
O:86|T:2.5|I:11

OR6
SSCBR1_52CM-1_IPOW_LO B1 O
SSCBR1_52CM-1_CB_LIFE_ALM B2
SSCBR1_52CM-1_MON_ALM B3
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_ALM B4
SSCBR1_52CM-1_PRES_LO B5
B6
O:85|T:2.5|I:14

GUID-E99EC5B6-CE3A-4837-A85C-811244F62BE0 V1 EN

Figure 196: Logic for circuit breaker monitoring alarm

It is assumed that there is no external resistor in the circuit breaker tripping

coil circuit connected in parallel with the circuit breaker normally open
auxiliary contact.

TCSSCBR1
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM
O:108|T:5|I:1

TCSSCBR2
TCSSCBR_BLOCKING BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR2_TCM-2_ALARM
O:109|T:5|I:2

OR
TCSSCBR1_TCM-1_ALARM B1 O TCSSCBR_ALARM
TCSSCBR2_TCM-2_ALARM B2
O:110|T:2.5|I:13
GUID-56B7F3E5-A508-4FB2-9B01-FDB3FFB89CC5 V1 EN

Figure 197: Trip circuit supervision function

REF615 ANSI 155

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B1 O TCSSCBR_BLOCKING
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP B2
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN B3
B4
B5
B6
O:107|T:2.5|I:19
GUID-AB98D2B8-4D4A-4293-A333-094BFEDD198C V1 EN

Figure 198: Logic for blocking of trip circuit supervision

3.6.3.4 Functional diagrams for control and interlocking

CBXCBR1
X120_BI3_CB_OPEN POSOPEN SELECTED CBXCBR1_52-1_SELECTED
X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED POSCLOSE EXE_OP CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP
TRUE ENA_OPEN EXE_CL CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL
CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE ENA_CLOSE OP_REQ
FALSE BLK_OPEN CL_REQ
CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE BLK_CLOSE OPENPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN AU_OPEN CLOSEPOS
CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE AU_CLOSE OKPOS
TRIP OPEN_ENAD
SYNC_OK CLOSE_ENAD
SYNC_ITL_BYP
O:74|T:5|I:1
GUID-11BD5557-CD74-4A83-9895-EB63C6FDEF0A V1 EN

Figure 199: Circuit breaker control logic: Circuit breaker 1

OR
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL B1 O CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
DARREC1_79_CLOSE_CB B2
O:82|T:2.5|I:10
GUID-056B2A01-7F96-4035-9DBE-F6935F8EBF19 V1 EN

Figure 200: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the closing coil of circuit breaker
1

156 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP B1 O CB_OPEN_COMMAND
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP B2
DARREC1_79_OPEN_CB B3
B4
B5
B6
O:81|T:2.5|I:13
GUID-802BB5E8-EA9B-426E-BB52-E0BAE9DF3EE8 V1 EN

Figure 201: Circuit breaker control logic: Signals for the opening coil of circuit breaker
1

NOT AND6
TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP IN OUT B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_ENA_CLOSE
O:69|T:2.5|I:1 B2
B3
B4
B5
NOT B6
O:73|T:2.5|I:0
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP IN OUT
O:68|T:2.5|I:2

GUID-C1074798-B71C-4DAC-9796-CCA042FCC297 V1 EN

Figure 202: Circuit breaker close enable logic

The configuration includes the logic for generating circuit breaker external closing and
opening command with the relay in local or remote mode.

Check the logic for the external circuit breaker command and modify it
according to the application.

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:64|T:2.5|I:3 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_CLOSE
B2
AND O:71|T:2.5|I:7
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:65|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-FF540181-E08A-4CF4-A841-51666A53563F V1 EN

Figure 203: External closing command for circuit breaker

AND
CONTROL_LOCAL B1 O
FALSE B2
O:66|T:2.5|I:1 OR
B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_AU_OPEN
B2
AND O:72|T:2.5|I:6
CONTROL_REMOTE B1 O
FALSE B2
O:67|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-2735B3B4-CD12-4A5B-8077-2954175B0520 V1 EN

Figure 204: External opening command for circuit breaker

REF615 ANSI 157

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
T1PTTR1_49F_BLK_CLOSE B1 O CBXCBR1_52-1_BLK_CLOSE
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:70|T:2.5|I:23
GUID-E9EA0997-1241-47C5-B899-AC7D4E3411B4 V1 EN

Figure 205: Circuit breaker 1 close blocking logic

3.6.3.5 Functional diagrams for measurement functions

The three-phase bus side phase voltage and single phase line side phase voltage inputs to
the protection relay can be measured by three-phase voltage measurement VMMXU1 and
VMMXU2. The voltage input is connected to the X130 card in the back panel. The
sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 measures the sequence voltage and the
residual voltage measurement RESVMMXU1 measures the residual voltage.

CMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:154|T:5|I:1
GUID-DE29661F-BEE7-45D4-A44F-9C8BA6E5FF52 V1 EN

Figure 206: Three-phase current measurement

CSMSQI1
O:150|T:5|I:1

GUID-A9D709EE-7B3D-43B1-A793-BFE289E02F9E V1 EN

Figure 207: Sequence current measurements

158 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

RESCMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
O:157|T:5|I:1
GUID-4733E919-495A-45A3-9441-217615A24D50 V1 EN

Figure 208: Ground current measurements

VMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:145|T:5|I:1

VMMXU2
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:160|T:5|I:2

GUID-206CDC3B-E31E-4B43-B8C9-8F6F8A01DF8C V1 EN

Figure 209: Three-phase voltage measurement

VSMSQI1
O:149|T:5|I:1
GUID-97043D4F-8688-4A46-A213-AD5BED53EA22 V1 EN

Figure 210: Sequence voltage measurements

RESVMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
HIGH_WARN
O:153|T:5|I:1
GUID-B99C075D-C845-4F4C-848F-8570DDCD903E V1 EN

Figure 211: Ground voltage measurements

FMMXU1
O:173|T:5|I:1

GUID-55EE1737-4A68-48EB-9E78-4A16962B9DCC V1 EN

Figure 212: Frequency measurement

PEMMXU1
RSTACM
O:164|T:5|I:1
GUID-5CCE3F61-B40C-45C0-ADEA-1C4642ACDE5B V1 EN

Figure 213: Three-phase power and energy measurement

REF615 ANSI 159

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

FLTRFRC1
BLOCK
CB_CLRD
O:9|T:2.5|I:1

LDPRLRC1
RSTMEM MEM_WARN
MEM_ALARM
O:162|T:5|I:1
GUID-2C6CB5F0-D7D5-427C-A92B-4FC56305C1DB V1 EN

Figure 214: Data monitoring and load profile record

3.6.3.6 Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 2
OR
B1 O X110_BI2_EXT_PICKUP_AUTORECLOSE
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 2 O:79|T:2.5|I:9

GUID-829F7CBE-636A-455B-96B4-CBA2B121B224 V1 EN

Figure 215: Default binary inputs - X110

UPSTEAM_OC_BLOCKING
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO1

TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO1

OC_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO2

TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO2

EF_TRIP_PULSE
X110 (BIO)_110.X110-SO3

TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO3
GUID-4D9C6A27-CB26-4316-8E4A-9A3CA611D0C6 V1 EN

Figure 216: Default binary outputs - X110

160 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

CB_CLOSE_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO1

CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO2

GENERAL_PICKUP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO1

GENERAL_TRIP_PULSE
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO2

CB_OPEN_COMMAND
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO3

TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO4
GUID-0E948584-516F-4EBA-8610-7462088283CD V1 EN

Figure 217: Default binary outputs - X100

X120_BI1_EXT_OC_BLOCKING
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 1

X120_BI2_CB_CLOSED
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 2

X120_BI3_CB_OPEN
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 3

X120_BI4_RST_LOCKOUT
X120 (AIM)_120.X120-Input 4
GUID-62840216-B7F9-481C-960A-115CEF437C88 V1 EN

Figure 218: Default binary inputs - X120

REF615 ANSI 161

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

LED1 LED6
OR
OK OK
DPHxPDOC_TRIP B1 O ALARM CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU ALARM
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B2 RESET RESET
O:135|T:2.5|I:0 O:136|T:2.5|I:1 O:113|T:2.5|I:6

LED2 LED7
OR6
OK OK
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM DISTURB_RECORD_TRIGGERED ALARM
DEFxPDEF_TRIP B2 RESET RESET
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B3 O:123|T:2.5|I:2 O:105|T:2.5|I:7
EFPADM_TRIP B4
WPWDE_TRIP B5
ROVPTOV_TRIP B6
O:122|T:2.5|I:12 LED8
OK
LED3 SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARMS ALARM
OR6 RESET
OK O:87|T:2.5|I:8
PHPTOV_TRIP B1 O ALARM
PHPTUV_TRIP B2 RESET
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B3 O:134|T:2.5|I:3
PSPTUV1_47U-1_TRIP B4 LED9
B5 OR6
B6 OK
O:133|T:2.5|I:17 TCSSCBR_ALARM B1 O ALARM
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_3PH B2 RESET
SEQSPVC1_60-1_FUSEF_U B3 O:112|T:2.5|I:9
LED4 CCSPVC1_CCM_ALARM B4
OR6 B5
OK B6
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM O:111|T:2.5|I:22 LED10
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B2 RESET
PDNSPTOC1_46PD_TRIP B3 O:138|T:2.5|I:4 OK
B4 ARCSARC_TRIP ALARM
B5 RESET
B6 O:139|T:2.5|I:10
O:137|T:2.5|I:11

LED5
LED11
OK
T1PTTR1_49F_ALARM ALARM OK
RESET DARREC1_79_INPRO ALARM
O:140|T:2.5|I:5 RESET
O:106|T:2.5|I:11

GUID-40C4D53E-AA50-46B5-ACC3-E130BC976E0D V1 EN

Figure 219: Default LED connection

162 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.6.3.7 Functional diagrams for other functions

NOT Protection
IN OUT TRUE BI_SG_2 SG_LOGIC_SEL
O:57|T:2.5|I:0 BI_SG_3 SG_1_ACT
BI_SG_4 SG_2_ACT
BI_SG_5 SG_3_ACT
BI_SG_6 SG_4_ACT
SG_5_ACT
SG_6_ACT
BEH_TEST
NOT BEH_BLK
IN OUT O:147|T:2.5|I:0
TRUE FALSE
O:60|T:2.5|I:4

Control
CTRL_OFF OFF
CTRL_LOC LOCAL CONTROL_LOCAL
CTRL_STA STATION
CTRL_REM REMOTE CONTROL_REMOTE
CTRL_ALL ALL
BEH_TEST
BEH_BLK
O:61|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-4E8295A0-26B5-4519-89EF-DF6ED1860E17 V1 EN

Figure 220: Functions for general logic states TRUE and FALSE, protection setting
group selection and local and remote control

3.6.3.8 Functional diagrams for other timer logics

The configuration also includes the overcurrent trip and ground-fault trip logic.

The trip logics are connected to the minimum pulse timer TPGAPC2 for setting the
minimum pulse length for the outputs. The output from TPGAPC2 is connected to binary
outputs.

OR TPGAPC2
DPHxPDOC_TRIP B1 O IN1 OUT1 OC_TRIP_PULSE
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B2 IN2 OUT2 EF_TRIP_PULSE
O:119|T:2.5|I:19 O:120|T:2.5|I:2

OR6
DEFxPDEF_TRIP B1 O
B2
INTRPTEF1_67NIEF_TRIP B3
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B4
EFPADM_TRIP B5
WPWDE_TRIP B6
O:118|T:2.5|I:62
GUID-D79A8F22-D177-40C2-A9FE-7ABDDBD86BA2 V1 EN

Figure 221: Timer logic for overcurrent and ground-fault trip pulse

REF615 ANSI 163

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

TONGAPC1 TOFGAPC1
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:163|T:2.5|I:1 O:165|T:2.5|I:1

TONGAPC2 TOFGAPC2
IN1 Q1 IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2 IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4 IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5 IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6 IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8 IN8 Q8
O:171|T:2.5|I:2 O:168|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-4A8C6231-67CD-479F-8B95-D3FBC6B55065 V1 EN

Figure 222: Programmable functions

3.6.3.9 Functional diagrams for communication

MBSLPRT1 DNPLPRT1
Status Status
O:181|T:2.5|I:1 O:10|T:2.5|I:1

SCHLCCH1 SCHLCCH2 SCHLCCH3

CH1LIV CH2LIV CH3LIV
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV LNK3LIV
O:4|T:2.5|I:1 O:146|T:2.5|I:2 O:176|T:2.5|I:3

SERLCCH1 SERLCCH2 RCHLCCH1

CH1LIV CH2LIV CHLIV_A
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV REDCHLIV_B
O:169|T:2.5|I:1 O:148|T:2.5|I:2 LNKLIV_A
REDLNKLIV_B
O:7|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-1DA00E52-CF08-457E-A600-6D27086941DD V1 EN

Figure 223: Default communication function connection

164 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.7 Standard configuration P

3.7.1 Applications
This standard configuration is mainly intended for single or double tie breaker control in
power distribution systems. With the directional phase and ground overcurrent, voltage
protection, synch check and power system metering, this configuration can be applied for
radial and loop feeders and intertie connections. In particular, this configuration provides
two sets of the remnant under voltage functions that can monitor two bus voltages with a
wide frequency range. As a result, it can be conveniently applied for automatic bus
transfer schemes.

3.7.2 Functions

Υ or Δ

3
REF615 V5.0 FP1 ANSI Func Appl P

51P-1 50P-1 50P-2 50P-3 46-1

50BF-
37-1 46-2 INR-1
2

25
50 67/ 67/
27-1 27-2
BF-1 50P-1 50P-2

59-1 59-2
51N-1 50N-1 50N-2 50N-3

47-1 47-2
67/ 67/
50N-1 50N-2

27R-1 27R-2

52 51G 50G-1 50G-2 50G-3

60-1 60-2

3
AFD- AFD- AFD- 793 21FL-11
12 22 32

1
Available with Fault Locator option 59N-1 59N-2
3 2
Available with Arc Flash Detection(AFD) option
3
Available with Reclosing option

GUID-EC38092D-A19C-4665-B7C0-9EAE328A17C4 V1 EN

Figure 224: Functionality overview for standard configuration P

REF615 ANSI 165

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.2.1 Default I/O connections

Table 33: Default connections for analog inputs
Analog input Description Connector pins
IA Phase A current X120:7-8
IB Phase B current X120:9-10
IC Phase C current X120:11-12
IG Residual current IG X120:13-14
VA(2) Phase voltage VA(2) X130:7-8
VB(2) Phase voltage VB(2) X130:9-10
VC(2) Phase voltage VC(2) X130:11-12
VA(1) Phase voltage VA(1) X130:13-14
VB(1) Phase voltage VB(1) X130:15-16
VC(1) Phase voltage VC(1) X130:17-18

Table 34: Default connections for binary inputs

Binary input Description Connector pins
X110-BI1 - X110:1-2 / X110:1-2
X110-BI2 - X110:3-4 / X110:1-3
X110-BI3 - X110:5-6 / X110:1-4
X110-BI4 - X110:7-6 / X110:1-5
X110-BI5 Circuit Breaker 2 closed position indication X110:8-9 / X110:6-7
X110-BI6 Circuit Breaker 2 open position indication X110:10-9 / X110:6-8
X110-BI7 Circuit Breaker 1 closed position indication X110:11-12 / X110:6-9
X110-BI8 Circuit Breaker 1 open position indication X110:13-12 / X110:6-10
X120-BI1 - X120:1-2
X120-BI2 - X120:3-2
X120-BI3 - X120:4-2
X120-BI4 - X120:5-6
X130-BI1 - X130:1-2
X130-BI2 - X130:3-4
X130-BI3 - X130:5-6

166 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Table 35: Default connections for binary outputs

Binary output Description Connector pins
X100-PO1 Close circuit breaker 1 X100:6-7
X100-PO2 Close circuit breaker 2 X100:8-9
Circuit breaker failure protection trip to upstream
X100-SO1 breaker X100:10-11,(12)
X100-SO2 - X100:13-14
X100-PO3 Open circuit breaker 1/ Master Trip (1) X100:15-19
X100-PO4 Open circuit breaker 2/ Master Trip (2) X100:20-24
X110-SO1 - X110:14-16
X110-SO2 - X110:17-19
X110-SO3 - X110:20-22
X110-SO4 - X110:23-24
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 1 trip activated X110:15-16
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 2 trip activated X110:19-20
X110-HSO1 Arc protection instance 3 trip activated X110:23-24

Table 36: Default connections for LEDs

LED Default usage ID Label description
1 Phase A LED_Phase_A Phase A overcurrent
2 Phase B LED_Phase_B Phase B overcurrent
3 Phase C LED_Phase_C Phase C overcurrent
4 Neutral / Ground LED_Neutral Ground-fault
5 Time LED_Time Time overcurrent
6 Instantaneous LED_Instantaneous Instantaneous overcurrnt
7 Breaker 1 Failure/Alarm LED_Breaker_1_Failure_Alarm Breaker1 failure/alarm
8 Breaker 2 Failure/Alarm LED_Breaker_2_Failure_Alarm Breaker2 failure/alarm
9 Synchronism LED_Synchronism Synchronism OK
10 Arc flash detection LED_ArcDetected_1 Arc detected
11 Voltage LED_Voltage Voltage protection

REF615 ANSI 167

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.2.2 Default disturbance recorder settings

Table 37: Default disturbance recorder analog channels
Channel Description
1 IL1
2 IL2
3 IL3
4 Io
5 U1
6 U2
7 U3
8 U1B
9 U2B
10 U3B
11 -
12 -

Table 38: Default disturbance recorder binary channels

Channel ID text Level trigger mode
1 TRPPTRC1_86/94-1_TRIP Positive or Rising
2 TRPPTRC2_86/94-2_TRIP Positive or Rising
3 CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP Positive or Rising
4 CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL Positive or Rising
5 CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_OP Positive or Rising
6 CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_CL Positive or Rising
7 CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU Positive or Rising
8 CCBRBRF1_50BF-2_TRBU Positive or Rising
9 ARCSARC1 - ARC flt det Positive or Rising
10 ARCSARC2 - ARC flt det Positive or Rising
11 ARCSARC3 - ARC flt det Positive or Rising
12 OC(1)_PICKUP_ALARM Positive or Rising
13 PHPTUC1_37-1_TRIP Positive or Rising
14 PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP Positive or Rising
15 REMPTUV1_27R_TRIP Positive or Rising
16 NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP Positive or Rising
17 NSPTOV2_47-2_TRIP Positive or Rising
18 ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP Positive or Rising
Table continues on next page

168 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

REF615 ANSI 169

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3 Functional diagrams

The signal marked with IA, IB and IC represents the three phase currents. The signal IG
represents the measured ground current.

The signal marked with VA, VB and VC represents the three phase voltages. The signal
VG represents the measured ground voltage.

The signal marked with (1) and (2) represents the voltage levels, for example, in
transformer application or in the tie breaker control application it represents the name of
the bus.

Depending on the communication protocol the required function block needs to be

instantiated in the configuration.

170 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3.1 Functional diagrams for protection

Four overcurrent stages for phase, neutral and ground are offered for non-directional
overcurrent and short-circuit protection. The non-directional high stage
PHHPTOC1_50P-1 is blocked by cold load detection logic. The cold load detection logic
starts from closing of the circuit breaker and is active during set time. The cold load
detection logic's active time can be set in a resolution of minutes or seconds to the
functions TPSGAPC1 and TPMGAPC1.

For dual tie breaker application, since two breakers are in series, both the breakers must
be closed to initiate the cold load pickup timer.

The directional overcurrent and short circuit protection are blocked by default also if the
fuse failure situation is detected.

The inrush detection block's INRPHAR1_INR-1 output BLK2H offers the possibility to
either block the function or multiply the active settings for any of the shown protection
function blocks. By default, the output BLK2H is not connected to anywhere.

All trip signals are connected to the Master Trip and also to the alarm LEDs. The pickup
information of all overcurrent functions is collected to the variable
OC_PICKUP_ALARM and connected to the disturbance recorder. This signal can be
mapped to the signal outputs depending on the application needs.

REF615 ANSI 171

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

AND
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL B1 O
CB2_POSITION_CLOSE B2
O:56|T:2.5|I:3 OR TPSGAPC1 OR
B1 O IN1 OUT1 B1 O CLD_62_1_TRIP
B2 IN2 OUT2 B2
AND O:57|T:2.5|I:8 O:122|T:2.5|I:1 O:59|T:2.5|I:7
CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_CL B1 O PHHPTOC1
CB1_POSITION_CLOSE B2
O:92|T:2.5|I:4 TPMGAPC1 BLOCK TRIP PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHHPTOC1_50P-1_PICKUP
IN1 OUT1 O:60|T:5|I:1
IN2 OUT2
O:58|T:2.5|I:1

PHHPTOC2
BLOCK TRIP PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHHPTOC2_50P-2_PICKUP
O:25|T:5|I:2

PHLPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHLPTOC1_51P-1_PICKUP
O:24|T:5|I:1

INRPHAR1
BLOCK BLK2H
O:7|T:2.5|I:1

PHIPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP
O:20|T:2.5|I:1

GUID-3DD1EAEF-E4F0-4D1A-9AF6-A38564482440 V1 EN

Figure 225: Three-phase overcurrent protection

The undercurrent protection function PHPTUC1_37-1 is offered for protection against

loss of phase situations. The trip signal is connected to the disturbance recorder only by
default.

Two stages are offered for directional ground-fault protection. By default, the stages
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1 and DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2 are blocked by the fuse failure
detection. Also by default, these two functions are also not blocked by a cold load
situation.

172 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTUC1
BLOCK TRIP PHPTUC1_37-1_TRIP
TRIP_A
TRIP_B
TRIP_C
PICKUP
PICKUP_A
PICKUP_B
PICKUP_C
O:77|T:5|I:1

DPHHPDOC1
SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:28|T:5|I:1

DPHHPDOC2
SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP
NON_DIR
O:29|T:5|I:2
GUID-01F74092-5C0E-4BC3-B764-38BE52522F18 V1 EN

Figure 226: Under current and directional overcurrent protections

Four stages are provided to non-directional neutral overcurrent protection. Additionally

depending on order option, one stage is offered as a sensitive ground-fault protection. The
neutral overcurrent protection uses calculated residual current component.

The operation of EFLPTOC1_51N-1, EFHPTOC1_50N-1, EFHPTOC2_50N-2 and

EFHPTOC3_50N-3 are by default, not blocked by an external blocking input, but this can
be done through a binary input. EFHPTOC1_50N-1 is also blocked if the cold load
detection logic is activated.

REF615 ANSI 173

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

EFLPTOC2
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFLPTOC2_51N-1_PICKUP
O:27|T:5|I:2

OR EFHPTOC3
CLD_62_1_TRIP B1 O BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL B2 ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC3_50N-1_PICKUP
O:13|T:2.5|I:20 O:21|T:5|I:3

EFHPTOC4
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC4_50N-2_PICKUP
O:23|T:5|I:4

EFIPTOC2
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP EFIPTOC2_50N-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFIPTOC2_50N-3_PICKUP
O:30|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-B825E105-AA47-441D-B674-6F8687FCBCA2 V1 EN

Figure 227: Non-directional calculated neutral overcurrent protection

Four stages are provided to non-directional ground-fault protection. Additionally

depending on order option, one stage is offered as a sensitive ground-fault protection. The
ground-fault protection uses measured residual current component.

The operation of EFLPTOC1_51G, EFHPTOC2_51G-2 and EFHPTOC3_51G-3 are by

default, not blocked by an external blocking input, but this can be done through a binary
input.

174 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

EFLPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP
O:26|T:5|I:1

EFHPTOC1
CLD_62_1_TRIP BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP
O:103|T:5|I:1

EFHPTOC2
BLOCK TRIP EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFHPTOC2_50G-2_PICKUP
O:31|T:5|I:2

EFIPTOC1
BLOCK TRIP EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP EFIPTOC1_50G-3_PICKUP
O:32|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-BFBB8FFE-06EE-4DA9-B151-9122E00D3E75 V1 EN

Figure 228: Non-directional ground-fault protection

Two stages are offered for directional ground-fault protection. By default the stages
DEFHPDEF1_67/50N-1 and DEFHPDEF2_67/50N-2 are blocked by the fuse failure
detection and the polarization choice is set to negative sequence voltage. Also by default,
these two functions are also not blocked by a cold load situation.

The polarization should never be set to “measured” as there is no

dedicated Vg input for this configuration. Setting polarization to Vg will
result in a settings error.

DEFHPDEF1
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF1_67_50N-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF1_67_50N-1_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:19|T:5|I:1

DEFHPDEF2
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP DEFHPDEF2_67_50N-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP DEFHPDEF2_67_50N-2_PICKUP
RCA_CTL
O:18|T:5|I:2
GUID-FFEAD23C-22CD-4ECD-8666-85AFD1F69D2D V1 EN

Figure 229: Directional calculated neutral overcurrent protections

REF615 ANSI 175

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

Two negative-sequence overcurrent protection NSPTOC1_46-1 and NSPTOC2_46-2

stages are provided for phase unbalance protection. These functions are used to protect the
feeder against phase unbalance.

The operation of NSPTOC1_46-1 and NSPTOC2_46-2 is not blocked as default by any

functionality. The pickup signals are connected to OC_PICKUP_ALARM variable in
logic.

NSPTOC1
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP
O:22|T:5|I:1

NSPTOC2
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL BLOCK TRIP NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP
ENA_MULT PICKUP NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP
O:33|T:5|I:2

GUID-B453FA0D-0D15-4FC5-A270-5C2B66CFA1B3 V1 EN

Figure 230: Negative-sequence overcurrent protection

All overcurrent pickup signals are merged together as variable OC_PICKUP_ALARM.

This alarm is by default connected to disturbance recorder channel. It can be mapped also,
for example, for alarming or blocking purposes to the binary output relays.

OR6 OR6
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_PICKUP B1 O B1 O OC(1)_PICKUP_ALARM
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_PICKUP B2 B2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_PICKUP B3 B3
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_PICKUP B4 B4
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_PICKUP B5 B5
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_PICKUP B6 B6
O:64|T:2.5|I:5 O:72|T:2.5|I:25

OR6
NSPTOC1_46-1_PICKUP B1 O
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_PICKUP B2
EFIPTOC2_50N-3_PICKUP B3
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_PICKUP B4
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_PICKUP B5
B6
O:63|T:2.5|I:9

OR6
DEFHPDEF1_67_50N-1_PICKUP B1 O
DEFHPDEF2_67_50N-2_PICKUP B2
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_PICKUP B3
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_PICKUP B4
NSPTOC2_46-2_PICKUP B5
B6
O:65|T:2.5|I:24

GUID-002DF69E-AAD7-48E4-B7CD-8FC751D2DCE6 V1 EN

Figure 231: Overcurrent pickup alarm

Two overvoltage and undervoltage protection stages PHPTUV1_27-1, PHPTUV2_27-2

and PHPTOV1_59-1, PHPTOV2_59-2 offer protection against abnormal phase voltage
conditions. A failure in the voltage measuring circuit is detected by the fuse failure
function and the activation is connected to undervoltage protection functions to avoid
faulty undervoltage tripping.

176 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

Negative-sequence overvoltage NSPTOV1_47-1 and NSPTOV2_47-2 protection

functions enable voltage-based unbalance protection.

The residual overvoltage protections ROVPTOV1_59N-1 and ROVPTOV2_59N-2

provide ground-fault protection by detecting abnormal level of residual voltage. They can
be used, for example, as a nonselective backup protection for the selective directional
ground-fault functionality.

PHPTUV1_27-1, PHPTOV1_59-1, NSPTOV1_47-1 and ROVPTOV1_59N-1use the

source 1 (bus 1) voltages whereas PHPTUV2_27-2, PHPTOV2_59-2, NSPTOV2_47-2
and ROVPTOV2_59N-2 use the source 2 (bus 2) voltages.

PHPTUV1
SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP
PICKUP
O:74|T:5|I:1

PHPTOV1
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP
PICKUP
O:70|T:5|I:1

NSPTOV1
SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP
PICKUP
O:71|T:5|I:1

ROVPTOV2
SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP
PICKUP
O:68|T:5|I:2
GUID-BFCBE7A4-59BD-42CA-B435-04E8F234AF9F V1 EN

Figure 232: Voltage functions on bus 1

REF615 ANSI 177

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

PHPTUV2
SEQRFUF2_60-2_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP
PICKUP
O:78|T:5|I:2

PHPTOV2
BLOCK TRIP PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP
PICKUP
O:75|T:5|I:2

NSPTOV2
SEQRFUF2_60-2_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP NSPTOV2_47-2_TRIP
PICKUP
O:76|T:5|I:2

ROVPTOV3
SEQRFUF2_60-2_FUSEF_U BLOCK TRIP ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP
PICKUP
O:73|T:5|I:3
GUID-9DE7CD91-E7CF-4259-8444-F319579843BC V1 EN

Figure 233: Voltage functions on bus 2

The circuit-breaker failure protection CCBRBRF_50BF is initiated via the PICKUP input
by a functions connected to the Master Trip 1 and by opening command of the circuit
breaker. CCBRBRF_50BF offers different operating modes associated with the circuit-
breaker position and the measured phase and residual currents.

CCBRBRF_50BF has two operating outputs: TRRET and TRBU. The TRBU output can be
used to give a backup trip to the circuit breaker feeding upstream. In the configuration the
TRBU output signal is connected to the output SO1 (X100: 14, 15, 16).

CCBRBRF1_50BF-1 use the source 1 (bus 1) voltages whereas CCBRBRF2_50BF-2 use

the source 2 (bus 2) voltages.

178 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6
TRPPTRC1_86_94-1_TRIP B1 O
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP B2
B3
B4
B5
B6 CCBRBRF1
O:127|T:2.5|I:1
BLOCK CB_FAULT_AL
PICKUP TRBU CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU
CB1_POSITION_CLOSE POSCLOSE TRRET CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET
CB_FAULT
O:61|T:2.5|I:1

OR6
TRPPTRC2_86_94-2_TRIP B1 O
CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_OP B2
B3
B4
B5
B6 CCBRBRF2
O:50|T:2.5|I:10
BLOCK CB_FAULT_AL
PICKUP TRBU CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRBU
CB2_POSITION_CLOSE POSCLOSE TRRET CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRRET
CB_FAULT
O:53|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-4FADF228-CE71-4D4B-9C7D-0959EA468F64 V1 EN

Figure 234: Circuit breaker failure protections

The TRRET trip output can be used for retripping its own circuit breaker
through the Master Trip again. However, this is not connected in present
configuration.

In case of dual tie breaker application, the TRBU trip output from one
tiebreaker can be used for tripping other tie breaker first to minimize the
poweroutage area. However, this is not connected in present
configuration.

Three arc protection stages ARCSARC1…3_AFD-1…3 are included as an optional

function. The arc protection offers individual function blocks for three ARC sensors that
can be connected to the relay. Each arc protection function block has two different
operation modes, with or without the phase and residual current check.

Trip signal from ARCSARC1_AFD-1 is connected to Master trip 1, available at PO3

(X100: 15-19). Whereas the trip signal from ARCSARC2_AFD-2 and
ARCSARC3_AFD-3 is connected to master trip 2, available at PO4 (X100: 20-24).

If the relay has been ordered with high-speed binary outputs, the trip signal from
ARCSARC2_AFD-2 and ARCSARC3_AFD-3 are connected directly to high-speed
output HSO2 (X110:19-20) and HS03(X110:23-24) respectively.

REF615 ANSI 179

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

ARCSARC1
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:16|T:2.5|I:11

ARCSARC2
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:15|T:2.5|I:21

ARCSARC3
BLOCK TRIP ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP
REM_FLT_ARC ARC_FLT_DET ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET
OPR_MODE
O:17|T:2.5|I:31

GUID-B3FCE485-1B78-4806-B704-00E3C3BDF541 V1 EN

Figure 235: Arc protection

Two master trip logics TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2 are provided as a

trip command collector. TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 is dedicated for the breaker 1 and
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2 for breaker 2.

Circuit breaker failure protection CCBRBRF1_50BF-1 is initiated via the PICKUP input
by a number of different protection functions available in the relay and 50BF-1 protection
functions and is connected to trip output contact PO3 (X100:16-19), and
TRPPTRC2_86/94-2 collects the almost the same trip signals except the one for
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1, instead, CCBRBRF1_50BF-1 being replaced with
CCBRBRF2_50BF-2 and is connected to trip output (X100:21-24).

Open control commands from circuit breaker control CBXCBR1_52 function block to the
circuit breaker from the local or remote are also connected directly to the outputs PO3
(X100:16-19) and PO4 (X100:21-24) respectively.

With a high-speed binary output card, ARCSARC1…3_AFD-1…3 are connected to

high-speed output HSO1 (X110:15-16), HSO1 (X110:19-20) and HSO1 (X110:23-24)
respectively. Without the high-speed output card, it is the user's choice to connect the arc
protection outputs to whatever outputs available.

TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2 provides the lockout/latching function,

event generation and the trip signal duration setting. If the lockout operation mode is
selected, one binary input can be reassigned to the RST_LKOUT input of the Master Trip
to enable external reset with a push button.

180 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

OR6 OR6
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B1 O B1 O Overcurrent_TRIP
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B2 B2
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B3 B3
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B4 B4
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B5 B5 TRPPTRC1
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B6 B6 OR
O:36|T:2.5|I:3 O:38|T:2.5|I:0 BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC1_86_94-1_TRIP
B1 O TRIP CL_LKOUT
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRRET B2 RST_LKOUT
O:67|T:2.5|I:18 O:79|T:2.5|I:1
OR6
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B2
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B3
DEFHPDEF1_67_50N-1_TRIP B4
DEFHPDEF2_67_50N-2_TRIP B5
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B6
O:35|T:2.5|I:4

OR6
EFIPTOC2_50N-3_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B2
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B3
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B4
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6
O:37|T:2.5|I:2

OR6
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3 Overcurrent_TRIP
B4 CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRRET
B5
B6
O:34|T:2.5|I:7

TRPPTRC2
OR
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC2_86_94-2_TRIP
Overcurrent_TRIP B1 O TRIP CL_LKOUT
CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRRET B2 RST_LKOUT
O:39|T:2.5|I:16 O:40|T:2.5|I:2

GUID-FF03164E-4B34-43B6-83EC-408F6AFAE479 V1 EN

Figure 236: Master trip logic 1/2

TRPPTRC3
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
RST_LKOUT
O:130|T:2.5|I:3

TRPPTRC4
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
RST_LKOUT
O:128|T:2.5|I:4

TRPPTRC5
BLOCK TRIP TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP TRIP CL_LKOUT
RST_LKOUT
O:129|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-380BD0E9-5635-4621-8C0F-2DCF620A0B32 V1 EN

Figure 237: Master trip logic 3/4/5

REF615 ANSI 181

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3.2 Functional diagrams for disturbance recorder

RDRE1
TRPPTRC1_86_94-1_TRIP C1 TRIGGERED
TRPPTRC2_86_94-2_TRIP C2
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP C3
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL C4
CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_OP C5
CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_CL C6
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU C7
CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRBU C8
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_ARC_FLT_DET C9
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_ARC_FLT_DET C10
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_ARC_FLT_DET C11
OC(1)_PICKUP_ALARM C12
PHPTUC1_37-1_TRIP C13
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP C14
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP C15
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP C16
NSPTOV2_47-2_TRIP C17
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP C18
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP C19
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP C20
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP C21
CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL C22
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
C41
C42
C43
C44
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
C51
C52
C53
C54
C55
C56
C57
C58
C59
C60
C61
C62
C63
C64
O:80|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-778F90AC-D1B1-4BDF-AD13-007786F71D32 V1 EN

Figure 238: Disturbance recorder

182 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3.3 Functional diagrams for condition monitoring

Two trip circuit monitoring stages TCSSCBR1_TCM-1 and TCSSCBR2_TCM-2 are

provided to supervise the trip circuit of the circuit breaker connected at PO3 (X100:15-19)
and PO4 (X100:20-24).

NOT
CB1_POSITION_CLOSE IN OUT
O:82|T:2.5|I:0 OR TCSSCBR1
B1 O BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR1_TCM1_ALARM
TRPPTRC1_86_94-1_TRIP B2 O:87|T:5|I:1
O:84|T:2.5|I:3

NOT
CB2_POSITION_CLOSE IN OUT
O:45|T:2.5|I:1 OR TCSSCBR2
B1 O BLOCK ALARM TCSSCBR2_TCM2_ALARM
TRPPTRC2_86_94-2_TRIP B2 O:52|T:5|I:2
O:49|T:2.5|I:5
GUID-9DCED52D-3641-451C-9C16-A9FCE08F4CDE V1 EN

Figure 239: Trip circuit monitoring

The TCSSCBR1_TCM-1 and TCSSCBR2_TCM-2 functions are blocked by

TRPPTRC1_86/94-1, TRPPTRC2_86/94-2 and when the circuit-breaker is not in closed
position.

By default it is expected that there is no external resistor in the circuit

breaker tripping/closing coil circuit connected parallel with circuit
breaker normally open/closed auxiliary contact.

The circuit breaker condition monitoring function SSCBR1_52CM supervises the circuit
breaker status based on the binary input information connected and measured current
levels. The function introduces various supervision alarms.

REF615 ANSI 183

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

SSCBR1 OR6 OR
BLOCK TRV_T_OP_ALM B1 O B1 O SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARM
CB1_POSITION_OPEN POSOPEN TRV_T_CL_ALM B2 B2
CB1_POSITION_CLOSE POSCLOSE SPR_CHR_ALM B3 O:88|T:2.5|I:6
OPEN_CB_EXE OPR_ALM B4
CLOSE_CB_EXE OPR_LO B5
PRES_ALM_IN IPOW_ALM B6
PRES_LO_IN IPOW_LO O:85|T:2.5|I:21
SPR_CHR_ST CB_LIFE_ALM
SPR_CHR MON_ALM
RST_IPOW PRES_ALM
RST_CB_WEAR PRES_LO OR6
RST_TRV_T OPENPOS
RST_SPR_T INVALIDPOS B1 O
CLOSEPOS B2
O:83|T:5|I:1 B3
B4
B5
B6
O:86|T:2.5|I:13

SSCBR2 OR6 OR
BLOCK TRV_T_OP_ALM B1 O B1 O SSCBR2_52CM-2_ALARM
CB2_POSITION_OPEN POSOPEN TRV_T_CL_ALM B2 B2
CB2_POSITION_CLOSE POSCLOSE SPR_CHR_ALM B3 O:51|T:2.5|I:11
OPEN_CB_EXE OPR_ALM B4
CLOSE_CB_EXE OPR_LO B5
PRES_ALM_IN IPOW_ALM B6
PRES_LO_IN IPOW_LO O:48|T:2.5|I:29
SPR_CHR_ST CB_LIFE_ALM
SPR_CHR MON_ALM
RST_IPOW PRES_ALM
RST_CB_WEAR PRES_LO OR6
RST_TRV_T OPENPOS
RST_SPR_T INVALIDPOS B1 O
CLOSEPOS B2
O:44|T:5|I:2 B3
B4
B5
B6
O:47|T:2.5|I:31
GUID-E4C15DA6-8C33-4B9F-80B2-82AF567509F5 V1 EN

Figure 240: Circuit breaker condition monitoring

Failures in current measuring circuits are detected by CCSPVC1_CCM. When a failure is

detected, it can be used to block the current protection functions that are measuring the
calculated sequence component currents or residual current to avoid unnecessary
operation.

CCSPVC1
BLOCK FAIL CCRDIF1_CCM_FAIL
ALARM
O:11|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-9DBBE25A-B268-4CC4-8E71-526D5ED330F0 V1 EN

Figure 241: Current circuit supervision function

The fuse failure supervision SEQRFUF1_60-1 and SEQRFUF2_60-2 detects failures in

voltage measurement circuits. Failures, such as an open miniature circuit breaker, are
detected and the alarm is connected to the few voltage based protection functions to avoid
misoperation.

184 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

SEQSPVC1
BLOCK FUSEF_3PH
CB1_POSITION_CLOSE CB_CLOSED FUSEF_V SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U
DISCON_OPEN
MINCB_OPEN
O:14|T:2.5|I:1

SEQSPVC2
BLOCK FUSEF_3PH
CB2_POSITION_CLOSE CB_CLOSED FUSEF_V SEQRFUF2_60-2_FUSEF_U
DISCON_OPEN
MINCB_OPEN
O:66|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-0F178891-90AB-4A90-8E4F-53ACCEA7A9F0 V1 EN

Figure 242: Fuse failure monitoring

Note that BUS1_Voltage_Presence and BUS2_Voltage_Presence reflect Bus 1 and 2

voltage status respectively. Depending on the application, these signals can be built on the
status of all the breakers that are connected to voltage sources. Take the Main-Tie-Tie-
Main application as an example and consider a rotating machine on the buses.

GUID-2CC2E9D5-B0B4-409D-A907-08A6F818175D V1 EN

Figure 243: Main-Tie-Tie-Main system

To properly determine the voltage presence on a bus, the positions of all the breakers that
are connected to the bus must be known. For example, consider the Bus 1 in the above
diagram, the incomer source 1, MT1 and other voltage through the tie breakers are

REF615 ANSI 185

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

considered as the potential voltage sources. In this case, the input logic to CB_CLOSED
of SEQRFUF1_60-1 for bus 1 should be

(M1_52a OR MT1_52a OR (TIE1_52a AND TIE2_52a)).

Similarly for SEQRFUF2 for bus 2, it is (M2_52a OR MT2_52a

OR (TIE1_52a AND TIE2_52a)).

If it is convenient and the binary inputs are available, all the necessary breaker close
positions can be wired to the relay. The other option is to use GOOSE to reduce the wiring
connections. Usually all the breakers connected to the same bus are located in the same
location, it would be easy to set up the GOOSE communication between the relays that
control individual breaker respectively.

3.7.3.4 Functional diagrams for control and interlocking

The circuit breaker closing is enabled when the ENA_CLOSE input is activated. The input
can be activated by the configuration logic, which is for example a combination of the
disconnector or breaker truck and ground switch position status and the status of the
Master Trip logics and gas pressure alarm and circuit-breaker spring charging. With the
present configuration, the activation of ENA_CLOSE input is configured using only
Master Trip logic TRPPTRC1_86/94-1 and TRPPTRC2_86/94-2, that is, the circuit
breaker cannot be closed in case master trip is active.

The ITL_BYPASS input can be used, for example, to always enable the closing of the
circuit breaker when the circuit breaker truck is in the test position, despite of the
interlocking conditions being active when the circuit breaker truck is closed in service
position.

186 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

CBXCBR1
CB1_POSITION_OPEN POSOPEN SELECTED
CB1_POSITION_CLOSE POSCLOSE EXE_OP CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP
ENA_OPEN EXE_CL CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL
ENA_CLOSE OP_REQ
BLK_OPEN CL_REQ
NOT BLK_CLOSE OPENPOS
AU_OPEN CLOSEPOS
TRPPTRC1_86_94-1_TRIP IN OUT AU_CLOSE OKPOS
O:113|T:2.5|I:2 TRIP OPEN_ENAD
SYNC_OK CLOSE_ENAD
SYNC_ITL_BYP
O:69|T:5|I:1

CBXCBR2
CB2_POSITION_OPEN POSOPEN SELECTED
CB2_POSITION_CLOSE POSCLOSE EXE_OP CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_OP
ENA_OPEN EXE_CL CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_CL
ENA_CLOSE OP_REQ
NOT BLK_OPEN CL_REQ
BLK_CLOSE OPENPOS
TRPPTRC2_86_94-2_TRIP IN OUT AU_OPEN CLOSEPOS
O:43|T:2.5|I:3 AU_CLOSE OKPOS
TRIP OPEN_ENAD
SYNC_OK CLOSE_ENAD
SYNC_ITL_BYP
O:46|T:5|I:2

Control
CTRL_OFF OFF
CTRL_LOC LOCAL
CTRL_STA STATION
CTRL_REM REMOTE
CTRL_ALL ALL
BEH_TEST
BEH_BLK
O:4|T:2.5|I:0
GUID-ACF312FD-FAE1-4AF9-9727-EA5701905F3D V1 EN

Figure 244: Circuit breaker control

If the ENA_CLOSE and BLK_CLOSE signals are completely removed from the breaker
control function block CBXCBR_52 with PCM600, the function assumes that the breaker
close commands are allowed continuously.

The sync check function SECRSYN1_25 is provided in this standard configuration. The
main purpose of the synchronism and energizing check is to provide control over the
closing of the circuit breakers in power networks to prevent the closing if the conditions
for synchronism are not detected. The energizing function allows closing, for example,
when one side of the breaker is dead.

The sync check function measures the bus and line voltages and compares them to set
conditions. When all the measured quantities are within set limits, the output SYNC_OK is
activated for allowing closing of the circuit breaker. The SYNC_OK output signal of
SECRSYN1_25 is connected to ENA_CLOSE input of CBXCBR1_52-1.

By default, Bus 1 is designated as the bus side and Bus 2 as the line side. Thus, LLDB
means that Bus 2 is live and Bus 1 is dead; similarly, LLLB means that both Bus 2 and 1

REF615 ANSI 187

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

are live. When the fuse failure detection from either set of VTs is active, the sync check
function will be blocked.

OR SECRSYN1
SEQRFUF1_60-1_FUSEF_U B1 O BLOCK SYNC_INPRO
SEQRFUF2_60-2_FUSEF_U B2 CL_COMMAND SYNC_OK SECRSYN1_25_SYNC_OK
O:119|T:2.5|I:19 BYPASS CL_FAIL_AL
CMD_FAIL_AL
LLDB
LLLB
DLLB
DLDB
O:120|T:5|I:1
GUID-1D6C29B3-4B6A-425C-BBE3-852E0EE9472E V1 EN

Figure 245: Sync check function

3.7.3.5 Functional diagrams for measurement functions

The three-phase source 1 (bus 1) voltages side phase voltage and the three-phase source
2 (bus 2) voltages side phase voltage inputs to the relay can be measured by three-phase
voltage measurement VMMXU1 and VMMXU2. The voltage input is connected to the
X130 card in the back panel. The sequence voltage measurement VSMSQI1 and
VSMSQI2 measures the sequence voltage and the residual voltage measurement
RESVMMXU1 measures the residual voltage.

188 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

CMMXU1 FMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM O:156|T:5|I:1
HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:138|T:5|I:1

VMMXU2
CSMSQI1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM
O:136|T:5|I:1 HIGH_WARN
LOW_WARN
LOW_ALARM
O:141|T:5|I:2

RESCMMXU1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM VSMSQI2
HIGH_WARN
O:140|T:5|I:1 O:161|T:5|I:2

VMMXU1 LDPRLRC1
BLOCK HIGH_ALARM RSTMEM MEM_WARN
HIGH_WARN MEM_ALARM
LOW_WARN O:143|T:5|I:1
LOW_ALARM
O:10|T:5|I:1

VSMSQI1
O:135|T:5|I:1

PEMMXU1
RSTACM
O:147|T:5|I:1
GUID-07C7012B-479B-4323-A543-45A042F5DEA5 V1 EN

Figure 246: Measurements

FLTRFRC1
BLOCK
CB_CLRD
O:8|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-EFF62F03-C9A6-480B-B84A-ABDF311DAC9C V1 EN

Figure 247: Fault recorder

REF615 ANSI 189

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3.6 Functional diagrams for I/O and alarm LEDs

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 5
OR
B1 O CB2_POSITION_CLOSE
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 5 O:42|T:2.5|I:0

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 6
OR
B1 O CB2_POSITION_OPEN
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 6 O:41|T:2.5|I:2

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 7
OR
B1 O CB1_POSITION_CLOSE
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 7 O:12|T:2.5|I:4

X110 (BIO)_110.X110-Input 8
OR
B1 O CB1_POSITION_OPEN
B2
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-Input 8 O:62|T:2.5|I:9

GUID-D31133E1-DB57-4220-9279-81053C25E630 V1 EN

Figure 248: Default binary inputs - X110

TRPPTRC3_86/94-3_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO1

TRPPTRC4_86/94-4_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO2

TRPPTRC5_86/94-5_TRIP
X110 (BIO-H)_110.X110-HSO3
GUID-005F16E4-C14F-4FC9-90AF-2E417D6553FB V1 EN

Figure 249: Default binary outputs - X110

190 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_CL
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO1

CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_CL
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO2
OR
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU B1 O
CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRBU B2
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-SO1
O:81|T:2.5|I:12

OR
TRPPTRC1_86_94-1_TRIP B1 O
CBXCBR1_52-1_EXE_OP B2
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO3
O:114|T:2.5|I:1

OR
TRPPTRC2_86_94-2_TRIP B1 O
CBXCBR2_52-2_EXE_OP B2
X100 (PSM)_100.X100-PO4
O:91|T:2.5|I:10

GUID-8478F791-0E1C-4956-9B6C-E9979974A083 V1 EN

Figure 250: Default binary outputs - X100

REF615 ANSI 191

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

LEDPTRC1
RESET OUT_START LED1
OUT_OPERATE AND
OUT_ST_A OK
OUT_OPR_A B1 O ALARM
OUT_ST_B B2 RESET
OUT_OPR_B O:101|T:2.5|I:0 O:102|T:2.5|I:1
OUT_ST_C
OUT_OPR_C
OUT_ST_NEUT
OUT_OPR_NEUT LED2
O:96|T:2.5|I:1 AND
OK
B1 O ALARM
B2 RESET
OR6 O:99|T:2.5|I:1 O:100|T:2.5|I:2
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B1 O
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B2
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B3 LED3
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B4 AND
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B5 OK
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B6 B1 O ALARM
O:93|T:2.5|I:12 B2 RESET
O:97|T:2.5|I:2 O:98|T:2.5|I:3

OR
OR
B1 O
PHPTUC1_37-1_TRIP B1 O B2
B2 O:95|T:2.5|I:14
O:94|T:2.5|I:13

OR6
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B2
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B3
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B4
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B5 LED4
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B6 OR
O:109|T:2.5|I:14 OK
B1 O ALARM
B2 RESET
O:111|T:2.5|I:15 O:112|T:2.5|I:4
OR6
EFIPTOC2_50N-3_TRIP B1 O
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B2
DEFHPDEF1_67_50N-1_TRIP B3
DEFHPDEF2_67_50N-2_TRIP B4
B5
B6
O:110|T:2.5|I:11

LED5
OR6
OK
PHLPTOC1_51P-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM
B2 RESET
EFLPTOC1_51G_TRIP B3 O:124|T:2.5|I:5
EFLPTOC2_51N-1_TRIP B4
NSPTOC1_46-1_TRIP B5
NSPTOC2_46-2_TRIP B6
O:123|T:2.5|I:17

GUID-649B89E9-F584-43BF-8DF3-51E746549FBE V1 EN

192 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

LED6
OR6
OR6 OK
B1 O ALARM
PHHPTOC1_50P-1_TRIP B1 O B2 RESET
PHHPTOC2_50P-2_TRIP B2 B3 O:108|T:2.5|I:6
PHIPTOC1_50P-3_TRIP B3 B4
DPHHPDOC1_67/50P-1_TRIP B4 B5
EFHPTOC4_50N-2_TRIP B5 B6
DPHHPDOC2_67/50P-2_TRIP B6 O:107|T:2.5|I:23
O:105|T:2.5|I:18

OR6
EFHPTOC1_50G-1_TRIP B1 O
EFHPTOC3_50N-1_TRIP B2
EFHPTOC2_50G-2_TRIP B3
EFIPTOC2_50N-3_TRIP B4
EFIPTOC1_50G-3_TRIP B5
B6
O:104|T:2.5|I:19

OR6
DEFHPDEF1_67_50N-1_TRIP B1 O
DEFHPDEF2_67_50N-2_TRIP B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:106|T:2.5|I:16

LED7
OR6
OK
CCBRBRF1_50BF-1_TRBU B1 O ALARM
SSCBR1_52CM-1_ALARM B2 RESET
TCSSCBR1_TCM1_ALARM B3 O:90|T:2.5|I:7
B4
B5
B6
O:89|T:2.5|I:20

LED8
OR6
OK
CCBRBRF2_50BF-2_TRBU B1 O ALARM
SSCBR2_52CM-2_ALARM B2 RESET
TCSSCBR2_TCM2_ALARM B3 O:55|T:2.5|I:8
B4
B5
B6
O:54|T:2.5|I:22

GUID-08AE4E4B-D5E0-4B20-83DC-1B6F1C46B951 V1 EN

REF615 ANSI 193

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

LED9
OK
SECRSYN1_25_SYNC_OK ALARM
RESET
O:121|T:2.5|I:9

LED10
OR6
OK
ARCSARC1_AFD-1_TRIP B1 O ALARM
ARCSARC2_AFD-2_TRIP B2 RESET
ARCSARC3_AFD-3_TRIP B3 O:126|T:2.5|I:10
B4
B5
B6
O:125|T:2.5|I:6

LED11
OR6 OR
OK
PHPTOV1_59-1_TRIP B1 O B1 O ALARM
PHPTOV2_59-2_TRIP B2 B2 RESET
PHPTUV1_27-1_TRIP B3 O:117|T:2.5|I:17 O:118|T:2.5|I:11
PHPTUV2_27-2_TRIP B4
NSPTOV1_47-1_TRIP B5
NSPTOV2_47-2_TRIP B6
O:116|T:2.5|I:27

OR6
ROVPTOV2_59N-1_TRIP B1 O
ROVPTOV3_59N-2_TRIP B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
O:115|T:2.5|I:28

GUID-354C22D6-04AA-4BEC-BBAB-58CFC584A3C2 V1 EN

Figure 251: Default LED connection

194 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 3
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3.7 Functional diagrams for other timer logics

TOFGAPC1 TPGAPC1
IN1 Q1 IN1 OUT1
IN2 Q2 IN2 OUT2
IN3 Q3 O:145|T:2.5|I:1
IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7 TPGAPC2
IN8 Q8
O:148|T:2.5|I:1 IN1 OUT1
IN2 OUT2
O:155|T:2.5|I:2

TOFGAPC2
IN1 Q1 TPGAPC3
IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3 IN1 OUT1
IN4 Q4 IN2 OUT2
IN5 Q5 O:144|T:2.5|I:3
IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8
O:150|T:2.5|I:2 TPGAPC4
IN1 OUT1
IN2 OUT2
TONGAPC1 O:132|T:2.5|I:4
IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8
O:146|T:2.5|I:1

TONGAPC2
IN1 Q1
IN2 Q2
IN3 Q3
IN4 Q4
IN5 Q5
IN6 Q6
IN7 Q7
IN8 Q8
O:153|T:2.5|I:2
GUID-33A57EAE-A49B-4E25-BDBF-3125D318B21F V1 EN

Figure 252: Programmable timers

REF615 ANSI 195

Application Manual
Section 3 1MAC109016-MB A
REF615 standard configurations

3.7.3.8 Functional diagrams for communication

MBSLPRT1 DNPLPRT1
Status Status
O:162|T:2.5|I:1 O:9|T:2.5|I:1

SCHLCCH1 SCHLCCH2 SCHLCCH3

CH1LIV CH2LIV CH3LIV
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV LNK3LIV
O:5|T:2.5|I:1 O:131|T:2.5|I:2 O:158|T:2.5|I:3

SERLCCH1 SERLCCH2 RCHLCCH1

CH1LIV CH2LIV CHLIV_A
LNK1LIV LNK2LIV REDCHLIV_B
O:151|T:2.5|I:1 O:134|T:2.5|I:2 LNKLIV_A
REDLNKLIV_B
O:6|T:2.5|I:1
GUID-32FEC355-9281-44AC-B0B5-A975FD4EA512 V1 EN

Figure 253: Default communication function connection

196 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 4
Requirements for measurement transformers

Section 4 Requirements for measurement

transformers

4.1 Current transformers

4.1.1 Current transformer requirements for overcurrent protection

For reliable and correct operation of the overcurrent protection, the CT has to be chosen
carefully. The distortion of the secondary current of a saturated CT may endanger the
operation, selectivity, and co-ordination of protection. However, when the CT is correctly
selected, a fast and reliable short circuit protection can be enabled.

The selection of a CT depends not only on the CT specifications but also on the network
fault current magnitude, desired protection objectives, and the actual CT burden. The
protection settings of the protection relay should be defined in accordance with the CT
performance as well as other factors.

4.1.1.1 Current transformer accuracy class and accuracy limit factor

The rated accuracy limit factor (Fn) is the ratio of the rated accuracy limit primary current
to the rated primary current. For example, a protective current transformer of type 5P10
has the accuracy class 5P and the accuracy limit factor 10. For protective current
transformers, the accuracy class is designed by the highest permissible percentage
composite error at the rated accuracy limit primary current prescribed for the accuracy
class concerned, followed by the letter "P" (meaning protection).
Table 39: Limits of errors according to IEC 60044-1 for protective current transformers
Accuracy class Current error at Phase displacement at rated primary Composite error at
rated primary current rated accuracy limit
current (%) minutes centiradians primary current (%)
5P ±1 ±60 ±1.8 5
10P ±3 - - 10

The accuracy classes 5P and 10P are both suitable for non-directional overcurrent
protection. The 5P class provides a better accuracy. This should be noted also if there are
accuracy requirements for the metering functions (current metering, power metering, and
so on) of the protection relay.

REF615 ANSI 197

Application Manual
Section 4 1MAC109016-MB A
Requirements for measurement transformers

The CT accuracy primary limit current describes the highest fault current magnitude at
which the CT fulfils the specified accuracy. Beyond this level, the secondary current of the
CT is distorted and it might have severe effects on the performance of the protection relay.

In practise, the actual accuracy limit factor (Fa) differs from the rated accuracy limit factor
(Fn) and is proportional to the ratio of the rated CT burden and the actual CT burden.

The actual accuracy limit factor is calculated using the formula:

Sin + Sn
Fa ≈ Fn ×
Sin + S
A071141 V1 EN

Fn the accuracy limit factor with the nominal external burden Sn

Sin the internal secondary burden of the CT

S the actual external burden

4.1.1.2 Non-directional overcurrent protection

The current transformer selection

Non-directional overcurrent protection does not set high requirements on the accuracy
class or on the actual accuracy limit factor (Fa) of the CTs. It is, however, recommended
to select a CT with Fa of at least 20.

The nominal primary current I1n should be chosen in such a way that the thermal and
dynamic strength of the current measuring input of the protection relay is not exceeded.
This is always fulfilled when

I1n > Ikmax / 100,

Ikmax is the highest fault current.

The saturation of the CT protects the measuring circuit and the current input of the
protection relay. For that reason, in practice, even a few times smaller nominal primary
current can be used than given by the formula.

Recommended pickup current settings

If Ikmin is the lowest primary current at which the highest set overcurrent stage is to trip,
the pickup current should be set using the formula:

Current pickup value < 0.7 × (Ikmin / I1n)

198 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 4
Requirements for measurement transformers

I1n is the nominal primary current of the CT.

The factor 0.7 takes into account the protection relay inaccuracy, current transformer
errors, and imperfections of the short circuit calculations.

The adequate performance of the CT should be checked when the setting of the high set
stage overcurrent protection is defined. The trip time delay caused by the CT saturation is
typically small enough when the overcurrent setting is noticeably lower than Fa.

When defining the setting values for the low set stages, the saturation of the CT does not
need to be taken into account and the pickup current setting is simply according to the
formula.

Delay in operation caused by saturation of current transformers

The saturation of CT may cause a delayed protection relay operation. To ensure the time
selectivity, the delay must be taken into account when setting the trip times of successive
protection relays.

With definite time mode of operation, the saturation of CT may cause a delay that is as
long as the time constant of the DC component of the fault current, when the current is only
slightly higher than the pickup current. This depends on the accuracy limit factor of the
CT, on the remanence flux of the core of the CT, and on the trip time setting.

With inverse time mode of operation, the delay should always be considered as being as
long as the time constant of the DC component.

With inverse time mode of operation and when the high-set stages are not used, the AC
component of the fault current should not saturate the CT less than 20 times the pickup
current. Otherwise, the inverse operation time can be further prolonged. Therefore, the
accuracy limit factor Fa should be chosen using the formula:

Fa > 20 × Current pickup value / I1n

The Current pickup value is the primary pickup current setting of the protection relay.

4.1.1.3 Example for non-directional overcurrent protection

The following figure describes a typical medium voltage feeder. The protection is
implemented as three-stage definite time non-directional overcurrent protection.

REF615 ANSI 199

Application Manual
Section 4 1MAC109016-MB A
Requirements for measurement transformers

A071142-ANSI V2 EN

Figure 254: Example of three-stage overcurrent protection

The maximum three-phase fault current is 41.7 kA and the minimum three-phase short
circuit current is 22.8 kA. The actual accuracy limit factor of the CT is calculated to be 59.

The pickup current setting for low-set stage (51P) is selected to be about twice the nominal
current of the cable. The trip time is selected so that it is selective with the next protection
relay (not visible in Figure 254). The settings for the high-set stage and instantaneous
stage are defined also so that grading is ensured with the downstream protection. In
addition, the pickup current settings have to be defined so that the protection relay
operates with the minimum fault current and it does not trip with the maximum load
current. The settings for all three stages are as in Figure 254.

For the application point of view, the suitable setting for instantaneous stage (50P-3) in
this example is 3 500 A (5.83 × I2n). I2n is the 1.2 multiple with nominal primary current
of the CT. For the CT characteristics point of view, the criteria given by the current
transformer selection formula is fulfilled and also the protection relay setting is
considerably below the Fa. In this application, the CT rated burden could have been
selected much lower than 10 VA for economical reasons.

200 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 5
Protection relay's physical connections

Section 5 Protection relay's physical connections

5.1 Inputs

5.1.1 Energizing inputs

5.1.1.1 Phase currents

The protection relay can also be used in single or two-phase applications

by leaving one or two energizing inputs unoccupied. However, at least
terminals X120:7-8 must be connected.

Table 40: Phase current inputs included in configurations D, F, N and P

Terminal Description
X120:7-8 IA
X120:9-10 IB
X120:11-12 IC

5.1.1.2 Ground current

Table 41: Ground current input included in configurations D, F, N and P
Terminal Description
X120:13-14 IG

5.1.1.3 Phase voltages

Table 42: Phase voltage inputs included in configurations F and N
Terminal Description
X130:11-12 VA
X130:13-14 VB
X130:15-16 VC

REF615 ANSI 201

Application Manual
Section 5 1MAC109016-MB A
Protection relay's physical connections

Table 43: Phase voltage inputs included in configuration P

Terminal Description
X130:7-8 VA(2)
X130:9-10 VB(2)
X130:11-12 VC(2)
X130:13-14 VA(1)
X130:15-16 VB(1)
X130:17-18 VC(1)

Table 44: Reference voltage input for SECRSYN1 included in configuration N

Terminal Description
X130:9-10 V12B

5.1.1.4 Ground voltage

Table 45: Additional residual voltage input included in configurations F and N
Terminal Description
X130:17-18 VG

5.1.1.5 Sensor inputs

Table 46: Combi sensor inputs included in configuration L
Terminal Description
X131 IA
VA
X132 IB
VB
X133 IC
VC

5.1.2 Auxiliary supply voltage input

The auxiliary voltage of the protection relay is connected to terminals X100:1-2. At DC
supply, the positive lead is connected to terminal X100:1. The permitted auxiliary voltage
range is marked on the LHMI of the protection relay on the top of the HMI of the plug-in
unit.

202 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 5
Protection relay's physical connections

Table 47: Auxiliary voltage supply

Terminal Description
X100:1 + Input
X100:2 - Input

5.1.3 Binary inputs

The binary inputs can be used, for example, to generate a blocking signal, to unlatch output
contacts, to trigger the digital fault recorder or for remote control of protection relay's
settings.

Binary inputs of slot X110 are available with configurations D, F, L, N and P.

Table 48: Binary input terminals X110:1-13 with BIO0005 module
Terminal Description
X110:1 BI1, +
X110:2 BI1, -
X110:3 BI2, +
X110:4 BI2, -
X110:5 BI3, +
X110:6 BI3, -
X110:6 BI4, -
X110:7 BI4, +
X110:8 BI5, +
X110:9 BI5, -
X110:9 BI6, -
X110:10 BI6, +
X110:11 BI7, +
X110:12 BI7, -
X110:12 BI8, -
X110:13 BI8, +

Table 49: Binary input terminals X110:1-10 with BIO0007 module

Terminal Description
X110:1 BI1, +
X110:5 BI1, -
X110:2 BI2, +
X110:5 BI2, -
Table continues on next page

REF615 ANSI 203

Application Manual
Section 5 1MAC109016-MB A
Protection relay's physical connections

Terminal Description
X110:3 BI3, +
X110:5 BI3, -
X110:4 BI4, +
X110:5 BI4, -
X110:6 BI5, +
X110:10 BI5, -
X110:7 BI6, +
X110:10 BI6, -
X110:8 BI7, +
X110:10 BI7, -
X110:9 BI8, +
X110:10 BI8, -

Binary inputs of slot X120 are available with configurations D, F, N and P.

Table 50: Binary input terminals X120-1...6
Terminal Description
X120:1 BI1, +
X120:2 BI1, -
X120:3 BI2, +
X120:2 BI2, -
X120:4 BI3, +
X120:2 BI3, -
X120:5 BI4, +
X120:6 BI4, -

Binary inputs of slot X130 is optional for configuration D.

Table 51: Binary input terminals X130:1-9
Terminal Description
X130:1 BI1, +
X130:2 BI1, -
X130:2 BI2, -
X130:3 BI2, +
X130:4 BI3, +
X130:5 BI3, -
X130:5 BI4, -
Table continues on next page

204 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 5
Protection relay's physical connections

Terminal Description
X130:6 BI4, +
X130:7 BI5, +
X130:8 BI5, -
X130:8 BI6, -
X130:9 BI6, +

Binary inputs of slot X130 are optional for configurations F and N.

Table 52: Binary input terminals X130:1-8 with AIM0006 module
Terminal Description
X130:1 BI1, +
X130:2 BI1, -
X130:3 BI2, +
X130:4 BI2, -
X130:5 BI3, +
X130:6 BI3, -
X130:7 BI4, +
X130:8 BI4, -

Binary inputs of slot X130 are optional for configuration P.

Table 53: Binary input terminals X130:1-6 with AIM0007 module
Terminal Description
X130:1 BI1, +
X130:2 BI1, -
X130:3 BI2, +
X130:4 BI2, -
X130:5 BI3, +
X130:6 BI3, -

5.1.4 Optional light sensor inputs

If the protection relay is provided with the optional communication module with light
sensor inputs, the pre-manufactured lens-sensor fibers are connected to inputs X13, X14
and X15. See the connection diagrams.For further information, see arc flash detector.

REF615 ANSI 205

Application Manual
Section 5 1MAC109016-MB A
Protection relay's physical connections

The protection relay is provided with connection sockets X13, X14 and
X15 only if the optional communication module with light sensor inputs
has been installed. If the arc flash detector option is selected when
ordering a protection relay, the light sensor inputs are included in the
communication module.

Table 54: Light sensor input connectors

Terminal Description
X13 Input Light sensor 1
X14 Input Light sensor 2
X15 Input Light sensor 3

5.1.5 RTD/mA inputs

It is possible to connect mA and RTD based measurement sensors to the protection relay,
if the protection relay is provided with the optional RTD0001 module in standard
configuration D and with AIM0003 module in standard configurations F and N.
Table 55: Optional RTD/mA inputs with RTD0001 module
Terminal Description
X130:1 mA1 (AI1), +
X130:2 mA1 (AI1), -
X130:3 mA2 (AI2), +
X130:4 mA2 (AI2), -
X130:5 RTD1 (AI3), +
X130:6 RTD1 (AI3), -
X130:7 RTD2 (AI4), +
X130:8 RTD2 (AI4), -
X130:9 RTD3 (AI5), +
X130:10 RTD3 (AI5), -

X130:11 Common1)

X130:12 Common2)
X130:13 RTD4 (AI6), +
X130:14 RTD4 (AI6), -
X130:15 RTD5 (AI7), +
Table continues on next page

206 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 5
Protection relay's physical connections

Terminal Description
X130:16 RTD5 (AI7), -
X130:17 RTD6 (AI8), +
X130:18 RTD6 (AI8), -

1) Common ground for RTD channels 1-3

2) Common ground for RTD channels 4-6

Table 56: Optional RTD/mA inputs with AIM0003 module

Terminal Description
X130:1 mA 1 (AI1), +
X130:2 mA 1 (AI1), -
X130:3 RTD1 (AI2), +
X130:4 RTD1 (AI2), -
X130:5 RTD1 (AI2), ground
X130:6 RTD2 (AI3), +
X130:7 RTD2 (AI3), -
X130:8 RTD2 (AI3), ground

5.2 Outputs

5.2.1 Outputs for tripping and controlling

Output contacts PO1, PO2, PO3 and PO4 are heavy-duty trip contacts capable of
controlling most circuit breakers. In the factory default configuration, the trip signals from
all the protection stages are routed to PO3 and PO4.
Table 57: Output contacts
Terminal Description
X100:6 PO1, NO
X100:7 PO1, NO
X100:8 PO2, NO
X100:9 PO2, NO
X100:15 PO3, NO (TCM resistor)
X100:16 PO3, NO
X100:17 PO3, NO
X100:18 PO3 (TCM1 input), NO
X100:19 PO3 (TCM1 input), NO
Table continues on next page

REF615 ANSI 207

Application Manual
Section 5 1MAC109016-MB A
Protection relay's physical connections

Terminal Description
X100:20 PO4, NO (TCM resistor)
X100:21 PO4, NO
X100:22 PO4, NO
X100:23 PO4 (TCM2 input), NO
X100:24 PO4 (TCM2 input), NO

5.2.2 Outputs for signalling

SO output contacts can be used for signalling on pickup and tripping of the protection
relay. On delivery from the factory, the pickup and alarm signals from all the protection
stages are routed to signalling outputs.
Table 58: Output contacts X100:10-14
Terminal Description
X100:10 SO1, common
X100:11 SO1, NC
X100:12 SO1, NO
X100:13 SO2, NO
X100:14 SO2, NO

Output contacts of slot X110 are available with configurations D, F, L and N.

Output contacts of slot X110 are optional.

Table 59: Output contacts X110:14-24 with BIO0005
Terminal Description
X110:14 SO1, common
X110:15 SO1, NO
X110:16 SO1, NC
X110:17 SO2, common
X110:18 SO2, NO
X110:19 SO2, NC
X110:20 SO3, common
X110:21 SO3, NO
X110:22 SO3, NC
X110:23 SO4, common
X110:24 SO4, NO

208 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 5
Protection relay's physical connections

Table 60: Optional high-speed output contacts X110:15-24 with BIO0007

Terminal Description
X110:15 HSO1, NO
X110:16 HSO1, NO
X110:19 HSO2, NO
X110:20 HSO2, NO
X110:23 HSO3, NO
X110:24 HSO3, NO

Output contacts of slot X130 are available in the optional BIO module (BIO0006).

Output contacts of slot X130 are optional for configuration D.

Table 61: Output contacts X130:10-18
Terminal Description
X130:10 SO1, common
X130:11 SO1, NO
X130:12 SO1, NC
X130:13 SO2, common
X130:14 SO2, NO
X130:15 SO2, NC
X130:16 SO3, common
X130:17 SO3, NO
X130:18 SO3, NC

5.2.3 IRF
The IRF contact functions as an output contact for the self-supervision system of the
protection relay. Under normal operating conditions, the protection relay is energized and
the contact is closed (X100:3-5). When a fault is detected by the self-supervision system
or the auxiliary voltage is disconnected, the contact X100:3-5 drops off and the contact
X100:3-4 closes.
Table 62: IRF contact
Terminal Description
X100:3 IRF, common
X100:4 Closed; IRF, or Vaux disconnected

X100:5 Closed; no IRF, and Vaux connected

REF615 ANSI 209

Application Manual
210
1MAC109016-MB A Section 6
Glossary

Section 6 Glossary

615 series Series of numerical protection and control relays for

protection and supervision applications of utility
substations, and industrial switchgear and equipment
AI Analog input
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
BI Binary input
BIO Binary input and output
BO Binary output
CB Circuit breaker
CT Current transformer
DAN Doubly attached node
DC 1. Direct current
2. Disconnector
3. Double command
DFR Digital fault recorder
DNP3 A distributed network protocol originally developed by
Westronic. The DNP3 Users Group has the ownership of
the protocol and assumes responsibility for its evolution.
EMC Electromagnetic compatibility
Ethernet A standard for connecting a family of frame-based
computer networking technologies into a LAN
FTP File transfer protocol
FTPS FTP Secure
GOOSE Generic Object-Oriented Substation Event
HMI Human-machine interface
HSO High-speed output
HSR High-availability seamless redundancy
HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure

REF615 ANSI 211

Application Manual
Section 6 1MAC109016-MB A
Glossary

HW Hardware
I/O Input/output
IEC 61850 International standard for substation communication and
modeling
IEC 61850-9-2 A communication protocol based on the IEC 61850
standard series
IEC 61850-9-2 LE Lite Edition of IEC 61850-9-2 offering process bus interface
IEEE 1588 v2 Standard for a Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for
networked measurement and control systems
IP Internet protocol
IP address A set of four numbers between 0 and 255, separated by
periods. Each server connected to the Internet is assigned
a unique IP address that specifies the location for the TCP/
IP protocol.
IRIG-B Inter-Range Instrumentation Group's time code format B
LAN Local area network
LC Connector type for glass fiber cable
LCD Liquid crystal display
LED Light-emitting diode
LHMI Local human-machine interface
LLDB Live line dead bus
MAC Media access control
MCB Miniature circuit breaker
Modbus A serial communication protocol developed by the Modicon
company in 1979. Originally used for communication in
PLCs and RTU devices.
NC Normally closed
NO Normally open
PCM600 Protection and Control IED Manager
PO Power output
PRP Parallel redundancy protocol
REF615 Feeder protection and control relay
RIO600 Remote I/O unit
RJ-45 Galvanic connector type

212 REF615 ANSI

Application Manual
1MAC109016-MB A Section 6
Glossary

RS-232 Serial interface standard

RS-485 Serial link according to EIA standard RS485
RSTP Rapid spanning tree protocol
RTD Resistance temperature detector
RTU Remote terminal unit
SAN Single attached node
SLD Single-line diagram
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
SO Signal output
Single-line diagram Simplified notation for representing a three-phase power
system. Instead of representing each of three phases with a
separate line or terminal, only one conductor is
represented.
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
TCS Trip-circuit supervision
UDP User datagram protocol
VT Voltage transformer
WAN Wide area network
WHMI Web human-machine interface

REF615 ANSI 213

Application Manual
214
215
—
ABB Inc.
4300 Coral Ridge Drive
Coral Springs, Florida 33065, USA
Phone +1 954 752 6700
Fax +1 954 345 5329
Phone +1 800 222 1946 (Customer
Service 24/7)

www.abb.com/mediumvoltage
www.abb.com/substationautomation
1MAC109016-MB A

Hourglass Workout Program by Luisagiuliet 2
76% (21)
Hourglass Workout Program by Luisagiuliet 2
51 pages
12 Week Program: Summer Body Starts Now
89% (45)
12 Week Program: Summer Body Starts Now
70 pages
Knee Ability Zero Now Complete As A Picture Book 4 PDF Free
94% (68)
Knee Ability Zero Now Complete As A Picture Book 4 PDF Free
49 pages
Read People Like A Book by Patrick King-Edited
62% (71)
Read People Like A Book by Patrick King-Edited
12 pages
Livingood, Blake - Livingood Daily Your 21-Day Guide To Experience Real Health
77% (13)
Livingood, Blake - Livingood Daily Your 21-Day Guide To Experience Real Health
260 pages
Cheat Code To The Universe
94% (77)
Cheat Code To The Universe
34 pages
Facial Gains Guide (001 081)
91% (45)
Facial Gains Guide (001 081)
81 pages
Curse of Strahd
95% (467)
Curse of Strahd
258 pages
The Psychiatric Interview - Daniel Carlat
91% (34)
The Psychiatric Interview - Daniel Carlat
473 pages
The Borax Conspiracy
91% (57)
The Borax Conspiracy
14 pages
The Secret Language of Attraction
86% (107)
The Secret Language of Attraction
278 pages
How To Develop and Write A Grant Proposal
83% (541)
How To Develop and Write A Grant Proposal
17 pages
Workbook For The Body Keeps The Score
88% (52)
Workbook For The Body Keeps The Score
111 pages
KamaSutra Positions
78% (69)
KamaSutra Positions
55 pages
7 Hermetic Principles
93% (28)
7 Hermetic Principles
3 pages
27 Feedback Mechanisms Pogil Key
77% (13)
27 Feedback Mechanisms Pogil Key
6 pages
Frank Hammond - List of Demons
92% (92)
Frank Hammond - List of Demons
3 pages
Phone Codes
78% (27)
Phone Codes
5 pages
36 Questions That Lead To Love
91% (35)
36 Questions That Lead To Love
3 pages
100 Questions To Ask Your Partner
80% (35)
100 Questions To Ask Your Partner
2 pages
The 36 Questions That Lead To Love - The New York Times
94% (34)
The 36 Questions That Lead To Love - The New York Times
3 pages
Satanic Calendar
25% (55)
Satanic Calendar
4 pages
The 36 Questions That Lead To Love - The New York Times
95% (21)
The 36 Questions That Lead To Love - The New York Times
3 pages
Jeffrey Epstein39s Little Black Book Unredacted PDF
75% (12)
Jeffrey Epstein39s Little Black Book Unredacted PDF
95 pages
14 Easiest & Hardest Muscles To Build (Ranked With Solutions)
100% (7)
14 Easiest & Hardest Muscles To Build (Ranked With Solutions)
27 pages
ALCHEMIST
64% (14)
ALCHEMIST
4 pages
1001 Songs
70% (70)
1001 Songs
1,798 pages
The 4 Hour Workweek, Expanded and Updated by Timothy Ferriss - Excerpt
23% (954)
The 4 Hour Workweek, Expanded and Updated by Timothy Ferriss - Excerpt
38 pages
Zodiac Sign & Their Most Common Addictions
63% (30)
Zodiac Sign & Their Most Common Addictions
9 pages
Reydisp Manager 2 Product Information V2.41
No ratings yet
Reydisp Manager 2 Product Information V2.41
24 pages
CT & PT Calculations
No ratings yet
CT & PT Calculations
10 pages
PD521 Manual EN (D2M050 - B) PDF
No ratings yet
PD521 Manual EN (D2M050 - B) PDF
212 pages
Micom P40 Agile: Ge Grid Solutions
No ratings yet
Micom P40 Agile: Ge Grid Solutions
898 pages
PCS-9613 X Instruction+Manual EN Overseas+General X R3.00
No ratings yet
PCS-9613 X Instruction+Manual EN Overseas+General X R3.00
288 pages
Tando 700 User Manual Enu
No ratings yet
Tando 700 User Manual Enu
83 pages
Operation Manual: Feeder Protection Relay REF615
No ratings yet
Operation Manual: Feeder Protection Relay REF615
120 pages
Ref 542 Plus Installation Commissioning
No ratings yet
Ref 542 Plus Installation Commissioning
80 pages
HVTS-HP: User Manual
100% (1)
HVTS-HP: User Manual
35 pages
7SA522 Catalogue
100% (1)
7SA522 Catalogue
53 pages
Operation Manual: Microprocessor Motor Protection Relay Type
No ratings yet
Operation Manual: Microprocessor Motor Protection Relay Type
64 pages
Psy4 GB
100% (2)
Psy4 GB
28 pages
RLA Test Format
No ratings yet
RLA Test Format
11 pages
IM ADR245B Feeder Protection20!4!2016
No ratings yet
IM ADR245B Feeder Protection20!4!2016
336 pages
NT00383-EN-00 - Quick Start T300
No ratings yet
NT00383-EN-00 - Quick Start T300
32 pages
MFAC Manual
No ratings yet
MFAC Manual
19 pages
R8005C Mvaw
No ratings yet
R8005C Mvaw
20 pages
P430C TechnicalDataSheet en 03a
No ratings yet
P430C TechnicalDataSheet en 03a
28 pages
T PRO 4000 Manual PDF
100% (1)
T PRO 4000 Manual PDF
406 pages
1MRK503001-BEN en RAMDE Motor Protection Relay PDF
No ratings yet
1MRK503001-BEN en RAMDE Motor Protection Relay PDF
8 pages
VIP3035 Tech Manual - V2
100% (1)
VIP3035 Tech Manual - V2
27 pages
Product Guide: Relion® Protection and Control
No ratings yet
Product Guide: Relion® Protection and Control
132 pages
Klemsan ANC
No ratings yet
Klemsan ANC
12 pages
7PG23 5B3 Complete Technical Manual
No ratings yet
7PG23 5B3 Complete Technical Manual
36 pages
Ba2374092 04 en Tapcon260 BPL Iec61850
No ratings yet
Ba2374092 04 en Tapcon260 BPL Iec61850
168 pages
VD4 Medium Voltage Vacuum Circuit-Breaker
No ratings yet
VD4 Medium Voltage Vacuum Circuit-Breaker
156 pages
P441 Distance Relay Tech Manual
No ratings yet
P441 Distance Relay Tech Manual
512 pages
Multi Function Transducer User Manual
No ratings yet
Multi Function Transducer User Manual
48 pages
WDZ-5211 Line Management Relay Ó V1.02
No ratings yet
WDZ-5211 Line Management Relay Ó V1.02
25 pages
SIP5 6MD85-86 V07.50 Manual C015-9 en PDF
No ratings yet
SIP5 6MD85-86 V07.50 Manual C015-9 en PDF
1,216 pages
User's Manual: FRAX 99/101/150
No ratings yet
User's Manual: FRAX 99/101/150
54 pages
SPAU-110-C ABB Residual Overvoltage Realy
No ratings yet
SPAU-110-C ABB Residual Overvoltage Realy
48 pages
Arteche - Mechanical Protection RF4XR
No ratings yet
Arteche - Mechanical Protection RF4XR
28 pages
Prok Manual
No ratings yet
Prok Manual
8 pages
P211 en M A31
No ratings yet
P211 en M A31
64 pages
C264 Brochure
No ratings yet
C264 Brochure
8 pages
Cutler Hammer VCP W VCB
No ratings yet
Cutler Hammer VCP W VCB
68 pages
Saral: Compact, Accurate and Reliable
No ratings yet
Saral: Compact, Accurate and Reliable
2 pages
Directional Over Current Relay (67) - Numerical Relays
No ratings yet
Directional Over Current Relay (67) - Numerical Relays
12 pages
Prezentare Termoregulator Toho-Ttm-J4 PDF
0% (1)
Prezentare Termoregulator Toho-Ttm-J4 PDF
2 pages
Technical Manual, Busbar Protection REB650 Version 2.2
No ratings yet
Technical Manual, Busbar Protection REB650 Version 2.2
656 pages
WI-NG-6460-002-089 Work Instruction For Bus Bar Prot Panel Scheme Check & FT Rev00
No ratings yet
WI-NG-6460-002-089 Work Instruction For Bus Bar Prot Panel Scheme Check & FT Rev00
6 pages
Manual of LPC-3500 LV Series Relays
No ratings yet
Manual of LPC-3500 LV Series Relays
26 pages
ABB Pluggable Interface Relays, CR-P, CR-M & CR-U Range
No ratings yet
ABB Pluggable Interface Relays, CR-P, CR-M & CR-U Range
16 pages
Technical Reference Manual: Protect Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521 2.5
No ratings yet
Technical Reference Manual: Protect Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521 2.5
426 pages
Ret670 Setting Manual
No ratings yet
Ret670 Setting Manual
1,430 pages
3Ø For 3-10HP Submersible Pump Application Dol Smart Controller
100% (1)
3Ø For 3-10HP Submersible Pump Application Dol Smart Controller
2 pages
7SR18 Solkor Technical Manual
No ratings yet
7SR18 Solkor Technical Manual
405 pages
CDG61
No ratings yet
CDG61
314 pages
IRIPROx (H+V) Catalog
No ratings yet
IRIPROx (H+V) Catalog
15 pages
Reyrolle Relay Selection Guide
No ratings yet
Reyrolle Relay Selection Guide
12 pages
Manual CMC 356 OMICRON
No ratings yet
Manual CMC 356 OMICRON
12 pages
AREVA MiCOM P132 PDF
No ratings yet
AREVA MiCOM P132 PDF
244 pages
Reactive Power Compensation
From Everand
Reactive Power Compensation
Dr. Hidaia Mahmood Alassouli
No ratings yet
REF615 Appl 756378 ENt PDF
No ratings yet
REF615 Appl 756378 ENt PDF
404 pages
REF615 Appl 756378 ENr
No ratings yet
REF615 Appl 756378 ENr
408 pages
Abb Reg615 Ansi Appl 859072 End
No ratings yet
Abb Reg615 Ansi Appl 859072 End
124 pages
REM615 Appl 756885 ENm
No ratings yet
REM615 Appl 756885 ENm
168 pages
REM615 Appl 756885 ENl
No ratings yet
REM615 Appl 756885 ENl
168 pages
RED615 Appl 756498 ENm
No ratings yet
RED615 Appl 756498 ENm
196 pages
Line Differential Protection and Control Red615 Ansi: Application Manual
No ratings yet
Line Differential Protection and Control Red615 Ansi: Application Manual
120 pages
Loco VCB Analyzer Cum Testing Setup - PDF Catalogue
No ratings yet
Loco VCB Analyzer Cum Testing Setup - PDF Catalogue
7 pages
DistanceRelay ReachTest
No ratings yet
DistanceRelay ReachTest
2 pages
Spec OT57
No ratings yet
Spec OT57
54 pages
Ag2013-03 - 20210310 - Sel Lgoc Variables
No ratings yet
Ag2013-03 - 20210310 - Sel Lgoc Variables
11 pages
Technical Datasheet - 2750 - Acceptance Test Laboratory
No ratings yet
Technical Datasheet - 2750 - Acceptance Test Laboratory
98 pages
F1Slave Logic Primary FW 2017-09-04 12-03-02.R01E
No ratings yet
F1Slave Logic Primary FW 2017-09-04 12-03-02.R01E
493 pages
D100.53.17 ABB REL511 21L R05 Results
No ratings yet
D100.53.17 ABB REL511 21L R05 Results
30 pages
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - Power Grid
No ratings yet
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - Power Grid
15 pages
220KV Mudashingi
No ratings yet
220KV Mudashingi
6 pages
PCS902S 21L
No ratings yet
PCS902S 21L
5 pages
Relay Test Report: AB Impedance Shot
No ratings yet
Relay Test Report: AB Impedance Shot
5 pages
SRMC
No ratings yet
SRMC
1 page
Ct-1 Ts Transco Side
No ratings yet
Ct-1 Ts Transco Side
6 pages
Close Time - 13 - 01
No ratings yet
Close Time - 13 - 01
2 pages
Close Open Operation - 14 - 33
No ratings yet
Close Open Operation - 14 - 33
1 page
PCS978S 87T
No ratings yet
PCS978S 87T
4 pages
PCC8 - MV12 Report
No ratings yet
PCC8 - MV12 Report
2 pages
SMC Raptor Model - C15 Test Report
No ratings yet
SMC Raptor Model - C15 Test Report
5 pages
SICAM Visualization Operation enUS
No ratings yet
SICAM Visualization Operation enUS
26 pages
RET 650 REPORT - 132kV CRP
No ratings yet
RET 650 REPORT - 132kV CRP
6 pages
Uasar: Secondary Injection Test Equipment
No ratings yet
Uasar: Secondary Injection Test Equipment
11 pages
DRTS 64 - en - 2022
No ratings yet
DRTS 64 - en - 2022
8 pages
p442 Report Indigrid
No ratings yet
p442 Report Indigrid
2 pages
Cba 2000 en
No ratings yet
Cba 2000 en
8 pages
Stabilizing Resistor Calculation
No ratings yet
Stabilizing Resistor Calculation
4 pages
APN 093 IEC 61850 TopDown Engineering - Import From SSDSCD File in DIGSI 1
No ratings yet
APN 093 IEC 61850 TopDown Engineering - Import From SSDSCD File in DIGSI 1
11 pages
Abb Rel561 Setting Calculation
100% (2)
Abb Rel561 Setting Calculation
28 pages
Transformer Load Short Circuit Calculator
No ratings yet
Transformer Load Short Circuit Calculator
7 pages
Buchholz Relay in Transformer - Buchholz Relay Operation and Principle - Electrical Engineering
No ratings yet
Buchholz Relay in Transformer - Buchholz Relay Operation and Principle - Electrical Engineering
4 pages
20 - Current Transformer (Mag Electric) PDF
No ratings yet
20 - Current Transformer (Mag Electric) PDF
5 pages